TW202413199A - Motor unit and derailleur - Google Patents

Motor unit and derailleur Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202413199A
TW202413199A TW112130788A TW112130788A TW202413199A TW 202413199 A TW202413199 A TW 202413199A TW 112130788 A TW112130788 A TW 112130788A TW 112130788 A TW112130788 A TW 112130788A TW 202413199 A TW202413199 A TW 202413199A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
torque
limiter
motor unit
transmission structure
bearing ring
Prior art date
Application number
TW112130788A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
陶山翔大
水谷祐太
江村篤裕
Original Assignee
日商島野股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商島野股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商島野股份有限公司
Publication of TW202413199A publication Critical patent/TW202413199A/en

Links

Images

Abstract

A motor unit comprises a torque limiter and a transmitting structure. The torque limiter includes a first member and a second member. The first member and the second member are movable relative to each other in a state where a torque applied to the torque limiter is equal to or higher than a torque threshold. The first member and the second member are movable together with each other in a state where the torque is lower than the torque threshold. The transmitting structure includes a first race, a second race, a first intermediate element at least partially provided between the first race and the second race, and a second intermediate element at least partially provided between the first race and the second race.

Description

馬達單元及撥鏈器Motor unit and decelerator

本發明關於馬達單元及撥鏈器。The present invention relates to a motor unit and a detent.

人力車輛包括耦合於可動部分的馬達裝置以移動可動部分。在可動部分接收在障礙物和可動部分之間的實體接觸所引起的外力的情況下,外部扭矩輸入至馬達裝置。較佳的是保護馬達裝置免於此種外力。The human-powered vehicle includes a motor device coupled to a movable part to move the movable part. In the event that the movable part receives an external force caused by physical contact between an obstacle and the movable part, an external torque is input to the motor device. It is preferred to protect the motor device from such external forces.

依據本發明的第一方面,一種用於自行車組件的馬達單元包含扭矩限制器和傳輸結構。扭矩限制器包括第一構件和第二構件。在施加於扭矩限制器的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件和第二構件相對於彼此而可移動。在扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件和第二構件彼此可一起移動。傳輸結構具有傳輸結構旋轉軸線。傳輸結構包括第一軸承環、第二軸承環、至少部分設在第一軸承環和第二軸承環之間的第一中間元件、至少部分設在第一軸承環和第二軸承環之間的第二中間元件。第一中間元件建構成移動朝向第一軸承環,以回應於第一中間元件相對於傳輸結構旋轉軸線而在第一圓周方向上被第二軸承環推。第一中間元件建構成移動朝向第一軸承環,以回應於第一中間元件在異於第一圓周方向的第二圓周方向上被第二軸承環推。第一中間元件建構成移動離開第一軸承環,以回應於第一中間元件在第一圓周方向上被第二中間元件推。第一中間元件建構成移動離開第一軸承環,以回應於第一中間元件在異於第一圓周方向的第二圓周方向上被第二中間元件推。According to a first aspect of the present invention, a motor unit for a bicycle assembly includes a torque limiter and a transmission structure. The torque limiter includes a first component and a second component. When the torque applied to the torque limiter is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first component and the second component are movable relative to each other. When the torque is lower than the torque threshold, the first component and the second component are movable together with each other. The transmission structure has a transmission structure rotation axis. The transmission structure includes a first bearing ring, a second bearing ring, a first intermediate element at least partially disposed between the first bearing ring and the second bearing ring, and a second intermediate element at least partially disposed between the first bearing ring and the second bearing ring. The first intermediate element is configured to move toward the first bearing ring in response to the first intermediate element being pushed by the second bearing ring in a first circumferential direction relative to the transmission structure rotation axis. The first intermediate element is configured to move toward the first bearing ring in response to the first intermediate element being pushed by the second bearing ring in a second circumferential direction different from the first circumferential direction. The first intermediate element is configured to move away from the first bearing ring in response to the first intermediate element being pushed by the second intermediate element in the first circumferential direction. The first intermediate element is configured to move away from the first bearing ring in response to the first intermediate element being pushed by the second intermediate element in a second circumferential direction different from the first circumferential direction.

以根據第一方面的馬達單元而言,在施加於扭矩限制器的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件和第二構件之間的相對移動減少了經由扭矩限制器所傳輸的輸出扭矩。再者,傳輸結構使用第一軸承環、第二軸承環、第一中間元件、第二中間元件而限制扭矩勿由第二軸承環傳輸至第二中間元件,並且允許扭矩由第二中間元件傳輸至第二軸承環。扭矩限制器和傳輸結構減少或阻礙了施加於可動構件和連桿組中之至少一者的外力。因此,有可能保護電動馬達免於外力施加於可動構件和連桿組中的至少一者。In the motor unit according to the first aspect, when the torque applied to the torque limiter is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the relative movement between the first member and the second member reduces the output torque transmitted through the torque limiter. Furthermore, the transmission structure uses the first bearing ring, the second bearing ring, the first intermediate element, and the second intermediate element to limit the torque from being transmitted from the second bearing ring to the second intermediate element, and allows the torque to be transmitted from the second intermediate element to the second bearing ring. The torque limiter and the transmission structure reduce or block the external force applied to at least one of the movable member and the connecting rod assembly. Therefore, it is possible to protect the electric motor from the external force applied to at least one of the movable member and the connecting rod assembly.

依據本發明的第二方面,根據第一方面的馬達單元建構成使得在第二軸承環推第一中間元件而第二中間元件沒推第一中間元件的狀態下,第一中間元件建構成與第一軸承環一起旋轉。According to a second aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to the first aspect is constructed so that when the second bearing ring pushes the first intermediate element and the second intermediate element does not push the first intermediate element, the first intermediate element is constructed to rotate together with the first bearing ring.

以根據第二方面的馬達單元而言,傳輸結構使用第一軸承環、第二軸承環、第一中間元件而可靠地限制扭矩勿從第二軸承環傳輸至第二中間元件。In the motor unit according to the second aspect, the transmission structure uses the first bearing ring, the second bearing ring, and the first intermediate element to reliably limit the torque from being transmitted from the second bearing ring to the second intermediate element.

依據本發明的第三方面,根據第一或第二方面的馬達單元建構成使得在第二中間元件推第一中間元件而第二軸承環沒推第一中間元件的狀態下,第一中間元件建構成相對於第一軸承環而旋轉。According to a third aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to the first or second aspect is constructed so that when the second intermediate element pushes the first intermediate element and the second bearing ring does not push the first intermediate element, the first intermediate element is constructed to rotate relative to the first bearing ring.

以根據第三方面的馬達單元而言,傳輸結構使用第一軸承環、第二軸承環、第一中間元件、第二中間元件而可靠地允許扭矩由第二軸承環傳輸至第二中間元件。In the motor unit according to the third aspect, the transmission structure uses the first bearing ring, the second bearing ring, the first intermediate element, and the second intermediate element to reliably allow the torque to be transmitted from the second bearing ring to the second intermediate element.

依據本發明的第四方面,根據第一至第三方面中任一方面的馬達單元進一步包含電動馬達、輸出構件、減速器。減速器耦合電動馬達和輸出構件以將電動馬達的輸出扭矩傳輸至輸出構件。According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to third aspects further comprises an electric motor, an output member, and a speed reducer. The speed reducer couples the electric motor and the output member to transmit the output torque of the electric motor to the output member.

以根據第四方面的馬達單元而言,有可能從電動馬達傳輸輸出扭矩給輸出構件。With the motor unit according to the fourth aspect, it is possible to transmit output torque from the electric motor to the output member.

依據本發明的第五方面,根據第一至第四方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得減速器包括扭矩限制器和傳輸結構。According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to fourth aspects is constructed so that the speed reducer includes a torque limiter and a transmission structure.

以根據第五方面的馬達單元而言,有可能在保護電動馬達免於外力的同時使馬達單元緊湊。With the motor unit according to the fifth aspect, it is possible to make the motor unit compact while protecting the electric motor from external force.

依據本發明的第六方面,根據第一至第五方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得傳輸結構設在由電動馬達往輸出構件所設的動力傳輸路徑上而在電動馬達和扭矩限制器之間。According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to fifth aspects is constructed so that the transmission structure is provided on a power transmission path from the electric motor to the output member and between the electric motor and the torque limiter.

以根據第六方面的馬達單元而言,有可能可靠地保護電動馬達免於外力。With the motor unit according to the sixth aspect, it is possible to reliably protect the electric motor from external force.

依據本發明的第七方面,根據第四至第六方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得傳輸結構建構成在由電動馬達往輸出構件所界定的第一負載方向上傳輸第一扭矩。傳輸結構建構成在由輸出構件往電動馬達所界定的第二負載方向上傳輸第二扭矩。第一扭矩高於第二扭矩。According to a seventh aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the fourth to sixth aspects is constructed so that the transmission structure is constructed to transmit a first torque in a first load direction defined by the electric motor to the output member. The transmission structure is constructed to transmit a second torque in a second load direction defined by the output member to the electric motor. The first torque is higher than the second torque.

以根據第七方面的馬達單元而言,有可能減少在第二負載方向上施加於傳輸結構的扭矩。With the motor unit according to the seventh aspect, it is possible to reduce the torque applied to the transmission structure in the second load direction.

依據本發明的第八方面,根據第四至第七方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得第二構件建構成在輸入至輸出構件的外部扭矩低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,在由輸出構件往電動馬達所界定的第二負載方向上傳輸第三扭矩給第一構件。第二構件建構成在外部扭矩等於或大於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,在第二負載方向上傳輸第四扭矩給第一構件。第三扭矩高於第四扭矩。According to an eighth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the fourth to seventh aspects is constructed so that the second member is constructed to transmit a third torque to the first member in a second load direction defined by the output member to the electric motor when the external torque input to the output member is lower than the external torque threshold. The second member is constructed to transmit a fourth torque to the first member in the second load direction when the external torque is equal to or greater than the external torque threshold. The third torque is higher than the fourth torque.

以根據第八方面的馬達單元而言,在輸入至輸出構件的外部扭矩等於或大於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,有可能可靠地減少施加於扭矩限制器的扭矩。With the motor unit according to the eighth aspect, in a state where the external torque input to the output member is equal to or greater than the external torque threshold, it is possible to reliably reduce the torque applied to the torque limiter.

依據本發明的第九方面,根據第一至第八方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得扭矩限制器具有限制器旋轉軸線。傳輸結構具有傳輸結構旋轉軸線。限制器旋轉軸線不與傳輸結構旋轉軸線重合。According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to eighth aspects is constructed so that the torque limiter has a limiter rotation axis, the transmission structure has a transmission structure rotation axis, and the limiter rotation axis does not coincide with the transmission structure rotation axis.

以根據第九方面的馬達單元而言,有可能將扭矩限制器和傳輸結構配置在不同位置。因此,有可能改善馬達單元的設計彈性。With the motor unit according to the ninth aspect, it is possible to arrange the torque limiter and the transmission structure at different positions. Therefore, it is possible to improve the design flexibility of the motor unit.

依據本發明的第十方面,根據第一至第九方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得扭矩限制器具有限制器旋轉軸線。限制器旋轉軸線平行於傳輸結構旋轉軸線。According to a tenth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to ninth aspects is constructed so that the torque limiter has a limiter rotation axis. The limiter rotation axis is parallel to the transmission structure rotation axis.

以根據第十方面的馬達單元而言,有可能將扭矩限制器和傳輸結構更輕易配置在不同位置。因此,有可能可靠地改善馬達單元的設計彈性。With the motor unit according to the tenth aspect, it is possible to more easily arrange the torque limiter and the transmission structure at different positions. Therefore, it is possible to reliably improve the design flexibility of the motor unit.

依據本發明的第十一方面,根據第一至第十方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得扭矩限制器具有限制器旋轉軸線。限制器旋轉軸線與傳輸結構旋轉軸線重合。According to an eleventh aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to tenth aspects is constructed so that the torque limiter has a limiter rotation axis. The limiter rotation axis coincides with the transmission structure rotation axis.

以根據第十一方面的馬達單元而言,有可能減少設置扭矩限制器和傳輸結構的空間。With the motor unit according to the eleventh aspect, it is possible to reduce the space required to install the torque limiter and the transmission structure.

依據本發明的第十二方面,根據第一至第十一方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得在輸入至輸出構件的外部扭矩低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件可滑動地接觸第二構件以在第一構件和第二構件之間傳輸第三扭矩。在外部扭矩等於或高於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件可滑動地接觸第二構件以在第一構件和第二構件之間傳輸第四扭矩。第三扭矩高於第四扭矩。According to a twelfth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to eleventh aspects is constructed so that when the external torque input to the output member is lower than the external torque threshold, the first member can slidably contact the second member to transmit a third torque between the first member and the second member. When the external torque is equal to or higher than the external torque threshold, the first member can slidably contact the second member to transmit a fourth torque between the first member and the second member. The third torque is higher than the fourth torque.

以根據第十二方面的馬達單元而言,在輸入至輸出構件的外部扭矩低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,有可能可靠地減少施加於扭矩限制器的扭矩。With the motor unit according to the twelfth aspect, in a state where the external torque input to the output member is lower than the external torque threshold, it is possible to reliably reduce the torque applied to the torque limiter.

依據本發明的第十三方面,根據第一至第十二方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得第一構件和第二構件中的一者包括凹陷。第一構件和第二構件中的另一者包括凸出部分。凸出部分建構成在扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下接合於凹陷中,以在第一構件和第二構件之間傳輸第三扭矩。凸出部分建構成在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下從凹陷脫離,以在第一構件和第二構件之間傳輸第四扭矩。第三扭矩高於第四扭矩。According to a thirteenth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to twelfth aspects is constructed so that one of the first member and the second member includes a recess. The other of the first member and the second member includes a protruding portion. The protruding portion is constructed to engage in the recess in a state where the torque is lower than a torque threshold to transmit a third torque between the first member and the second member. The protruding portion is constructed to disengage from the recess in a state where the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold to transmit a fourth torque between the first member and the second member. The third torque is higher than the fourth torque.

以根據第十三方面的馬達單元而言,在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,有可能以比較簡單的結構來減少施加於扭矩限制器的扭矩。With the motor unit according to the thirteenth aspect, when the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, it is possible to reduce the torque applied to the torque limiter with a relatively simple structure.

依據本發明的第十四方面,根據第一至第十三方面中任一方面的馬達單元進一步包含齒輪,固定於第一構件以從傳輸結構傳輸扭矩給第一構件。According to a fourteenth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to thirteenth aspects further includes a gear fixed to the first member to transmit torque from the transmission structure to the first member.

以根據第十四方面的馬達單元而言,有可能從傳輸結構經由齒輪而可靠地傳輸扭矩給第一構件。With the motor unit according to the fourteenth aspect, it is possible to reliably transmit torque from the transmission structure to the first member via the gears.

依據本發明的第十五方面,根據第一至第十四方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得扭矩限制器包括偏壓構件,建構成偏壓第一構件和第二構件中的至少一者以維持第一構件和第二構件之間的接觸狀態。According to a fifteenth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to fourteenth aspects is constructed so that the torque limiter includes a biasing member, which is constructed to bias at least one of the first member and the second member to maintain a contact state between the first member and the second member.

以根據第十五方面的馬達單元而言,有可能以比較簡單的結構來維持第一構件和第二構件之間的接觸狀態。With the motor unit according to the fifteenth aspect, it is possible to maintain the contact state between the first member and the second member with a relatively simple structure.

依據本發明的第十六方面,根據第一至第十五方面中任一方面的馬達單元進一步包含偵測物件,建構成由偵測器所偵測。偵測物件相對於動力傳輸路徑上的傳輸結構而設在下游側。According to a sixteenth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to fifteenth aspects further comprises a detection object configured to be detected by the detector. The detection object is disposed on a downstream side relative to the transmission structure on the power transmission path.

以根據第十六方面的馬達單元而言,有可能使用偵測物件來偵測馬達單元或自行車組件的狀態。With the motor unit according to the sixteenth aspect, it is possible to detect the state of the motor unit or the bicycle component using the detection object.

依據本發明的第十七方面,根據第一至第十六方面中任一方面的馬達單元進一步包含偵測物件,建構成由偵測器所偵測。偵測物件在動力傳輸路徑上相對於扭矩限制器而設在下游側。According to a seventeenth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to sixteenth aspects further comprises a detection object configured to be detected by the detector. The detection object is disposed on a downstream side relative to the torque limiter on the power transmission path.

以根據第十七方面的馬達單元而言,有可能使用偵測物件來偵測馬達單元或自行車組件的狀態。With the motor unit according to the seventeenth aspect, it is possible to detect the state of the motor unit or the bicycle component using the detection object.

依據本發明的第十八方面,根據第一至第十七方面中任一方面的馬達單元建構成使得傳輸結構耦合於扭矩限制器。傳輸結構建構成在第一輸入扭矩由非扭矩限制器的裝置而施加於傳輸結構的狀態下傳輸第一扭矩給扭矩限制器。傳輸結構建構成在第二輸入扭矩由扭矩限制器施加於傳輸結構的狀態下傳輸第二扭矩。第一扭矩高於第二扭矩。According to an eighteenth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to any one of the first to seventeenth aspects is constructed so that the transmission structure is coupled to the torque limiter. The transmission structure is constructed to transmit a first torque to the torque limiter in a state where a first input torque is applied to the transmission structure by a device other than the torque limiter. The transmission structure is constructed to transmit a second torque in a state where a second input torque is applied to the transmission structure by the torque limiter. The first torque is higher than the second torque.

以根據第十八方面的馬達單元而言,在第二輸入扭矩由扭矩限制器施加於傳輸結構的狀態下,有可能減少由扭矩限制器施加於傳輸結構的扭矩。With the motor unit according to the eighteenth aspect, in a state where the second input torque is applied to the transmission structure by the torque limiter, it is possible to reduce the torque applied to the transmission structure by the torque limiter.

依據本發明的第十九方面,一種撥鏈器包含基座構件、可動構件、連桿組、根據第一至第十八方面中任一方面的馬達單元。連桿組可移動地耦合基座構件和可動構件。馬達單元設在基座構件、可動構件、連桿組中的一者。According to the nineteenth aspect of the present invention, a retractor comprises a base member, a movable member, a connecting rod assembly, and a motor unit according to any one of the first to eighteenth aspects. The connecting rod assembly movably couples the base member and the movable member. The motor unit is disposed in one of the base member, the movable member, and the connecting rod assembly.

以根據第十九方面的撥鏈器而言,有可能改善撥鏈器的設計彈性。With the pull-down device according to the nineteenth aspect, it is possible to improve the design flexibility of the pull-down device.

依據本發明的第二十方面,根據第十九方面的撥鏈器進一步包含電源供應器附接結構,待對此附接電力來源。電源供應器附接結構設在基座構件、可動構件、連桿組中的一者。According to the twentieth aspect of the present invention, the retractor according to the nineteenth aspect further comprises a power supply attachment structure to which a power source is attached. The power supply attachment structure is provided on one of the base member, the movable member, and the connecting rod assembly.

以根據第二十方面的撥鏈器而言,有可能經由電源供應器附接結構而安裝電力來源。因此,有可能省略由另一電力來源供電給馬達單元的電纜。With the twitch according to the twentieth aspect, it is possible to install the power source via the power supply attachment structure. Therefore, it is possible to omit the cable for supplying power to the motor unit from another power source.

依據本發明的第二十一方面,根據第二十方面的撥鏈器建構成使得馬達單元設在基座構件、可動構件、連桿組中的一者。電源供應器附接結構設在基座構件、可動構件、連桿組中的另一者。According to a twenty-first aspect of the present invention, the retractor according to the twentieth aspect is constructed such that the motor unit is provided at one of the base member, the movable member, and the connecting rod assembly, and the power supply attachment structure is provided at the other of the base member, the movable member, and the connecting rod assembly.

以根據第二十一方面的撥鏈器而言,有可能在省略電纜的同時改善撥鏈器的設計彈性。With the retractor according to the twenty-first aspect, it is possible to improve the design flexibility of the retractor while omitting the cable.

依據本發明的第二十二方面,根據第二十或第二十一方面的撥鏈器建構成使得馬達單元設在基座構件和連桿組中的一者。電源供應器附接結構設在基座構件和連桿組中的另一者。According to a twenty-second aspect of the present invention, the retractor according to the twentieth or twenty-first aspect is constructed so that the motor unit is provided at one of the base member and the connecting rod assembly, and the power supply attachment structure is provided at the other of the base member and the connecting rod assembly.

以根據第二十二方面的撥鏈器而言,有可能在省略電纜的同時可靠地改善撥鏈器的設計彈性。With the retractor according to the twenty-second aspect, it is possible to reliably improve the design flexibility of the retractor while omitting the cable.

依據本發明的第二十三方面,一種用於自行車組件的馬達單元包含輸出構件、電動馬達、扭矩限制器、傳輸結構。電動馬達包括輸出軸桿。扭矩限制器整個配置在馬達單元的外殼內。傳輸結構建構成在由輸出軸桿往輸出構件所界定的第一負載方向上傳輸第一扭矩,並且建構成在由輸出構件往輸出軸桿所界定的第二負載方向上傳輸第二扭矩。傳輸結構建構成在傳輸結構在第一負載方向上傳輸扭矩的狀態下,基於輸出軸桿的旋轉方向而在多個旋轉方向上傳輸扭矩。第一扭矩高於第二扭矩。According to the twenty-third aspect of the present invention, a motor unit for a bicycle assembly includes an output member, an electric motor, a torque limiter, and a transmission structure. The electric motor includes an output shaft. The torque limiter is entirely disposed within an outer housing of the motor unit. The transmission structure is configured to transmit a first torque in a first load direction defined by the output shaft to the output member, and is configured to transmit a second torque in a second load direction defined by the output member to the output shaft. The transmission structure is configured to transmit torque in a plurality of rotational directions based on the rotational direction of the output shaft when the transmission structure transmits torque in the first load direction. The first torque is higher than the second torque.

以根據第二十三方面的馬達單元而言,由於扭矩限制器配置在外殼內,故有可能簡化馬達單元的結構。再者,傳輸結構使用第一軸承環、第二軸承環、第一中間元件、第二中間元件而限制扭矩勿由第二軸承環傳輸至第二中間元件,並且允許扭矩由第二中間元件傳輸至第二軸承環。因此,有可能以比較簡單的結構來保護電動馬達免於施加於可動構件和連桿組中之至少一者的外力。In the motor unit according to the twenty-third aspect, since the torque limiter is disposed in the housing, it is possible to simplify the structure of the motor unit. Furthermore, the transmission structure uses the first bearing ring, the second bearing ring, the first intermediate element, and the second intermediate element to limit the torque from being transmitted from the second bearing ring to the second intermediate element, and allows the torque to be transmitted from the second intermediate element to the second bearing ring. Therefore, it is possible to protect the electric motor from an external force applied to at least one of the movable member and the connecting rod assembly with a relatively simple structure.

依據本發明的第二十四方面,根據第二十三方面的馬達單元建構成使得扭矩限制器建構成在輸入至扭矩限制器的扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下傳輸第三扭矩。扭矩限制器建構成在輸入至扭矩限制器的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下傳輸第四扭矩。第三扭矩高於第四扭矩。According to a twenty-fourth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to the twenty-third aspect is constructed so that the torque limiter is constructed to transmit a third torque when the torque input to the torque limiter is lower than the torque threshold. The torque limiter is constructed to transmit a fourth torque when the torque input to the torque limiter is equal to or higher than the torque threshold. The third torque is higher than the fourth torque.

以根據第二十四方面的馬達單元而言,在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,有可能以比較簡單的結構來減少施加於扭矩限制器的扭矩。With the motor unit according to the twenty-fourth aspect, when the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, it is possible to reduce the torque applied to the torque limiter with a relatively simple structure.

依據本發明的第二十五方面,根據第二十四方面的馬達單元建構成使得扭矩限制器包括第一構件和第二構件。在扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件和第二構件彼此接觸以在第一構件和第二構件之間傳輸第三扭矩。在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件和第二構件建構成在第一構件和第二構件之間傳輸第四扭矩。According to a twenty-fifth aspect of the present invention, the motor unit according to the twenty-fourth aspect is constructed so that the torque limiter includes a first member and a second member. In a state where the torque is lower than a torque threshold, the first member and the second member contact each other to transmit a third torque between the first member and the second member. In a state where the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member and the second member are constructed to transmit a fourth torque between the first member and the second member.

以根據第二十五方面的馬達單元而言,在扭矩施加於扭矩限制器等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件和第二構件之間的相對移動減少了經由扭矩限制器所傳輸的輸出扭矩。因此,有可能以比較簡單的結構來可靠地保護電動馬達免於施加於可動構件和連桿組中之至少一者的外力。In the motor unit according to the twenty-fifth aspect, when a torque equal to or higher than the torque threshold is applied to the torque limiter, the relative movement between the first member and the second member reduces the output torque transmitted through the torque limiter. Therefore, it is possible to reliably protect the electric motor from an external force applied to at least one of the movable member and the connecting rod assembly with a relatively simple structure.

現將參考伴隨的圖式來描述具體態樣,其中全篇多樣圖式中的相同參考數字指示對應或相同的元件。 <第一具體態樣> The specific aspects will now be described with reference to the accompanying drawings, wherein the same reference numerals throughout the various drawings indicate corresponding or identical elements. <First specific aspect>

如圖1所見,自行車2包括依據第一具體態樣的自行車組件RD。自行車2進一步包括車輛本體2A、鞍座2B、把手2C、操作裝置3、操作裝置4、驅動系DT。操作裝置3和4建構成安裝於把手2C。驅動系DT包括曲柄CR、前鏈輪總成FS、後鏈輪總成RS、鏈條C、自行車組件FD、自行車組件RD。前鏈輪總成FS緊固於曲柄CR。後鏈輪總成RS可旋轉地安裝於車輛本體2A。鏈條C接合於前鏈輪總成FS和後鏈輪總成RS。自行車組件RD安裝於車輛本體2A且建構成相對於後鏈輪總成RS的複數個鏈輪而使鏈條C位移以改變齒輪位置。自行車組件FD建構成相對於前鏈輪總成FS的複數個鏈輪而使鏈條C位移。As shown in FIG. 1 , a bicycle 2 includes a bicycle assembly RD according to a first specific embodiment. The bicycle 2 further includes a vehicle body 2A, a saddle 2B, a handlebar 2C, an operating device 3, an operating device 4, and a drive system DT. The operating devices 3 and 4 are configured to be mounted on the handlebar 2C. The drive system DT includes a crank CR, a front sprocket assembly FS, a rear sprocket assembly RS, a chain C, a bicycle assembly FD, and a bicycle assembly RD. The front sprocket assembly FS is fixed to the crank CR. The rear sprocket assembly RS is rotatably mounted to the vehicle body 2A. The chain C is coupled to the front sprocket assembly FS and the rear sprocket assembly RS. The bicycle component RD is mounted on the vehicle body 2A and is configured to displace the chain C relative to the plurality of sprockets of the rear sprocket assembly RS to change the gear position. The bicycle component FD is configured to displace the chain C relative to the plurality of sprockets of the front sprocket assembly FS.

自行車組件RD建構成使用操作裝置3來操作。自行車組件FD建構成使用操作裝置4來操作。自行車組件RD建構成電連接至操作裝置3和4。自行車組件RD建構成電連接至自行車組件FD。The bicycle component RD is configured to be operated using the operating device 3. The bicycle component FD is configured to be operated using the operating device 4. The bicycle component RD is configured to be electrically connected to the operating devices 3 and 4. The bicycle component RD is configured to be electrically connected to the bicycle component FD.

於第一具體態樣,自行車組件RD建構成無線連接至操作裝置3和4。自行車組件RD建構成無線連接至自行車組件FD。自行車RD可以建構成經由循環電腦、智慧型電話、平板、個人電腦中的至少一者而與自行車組件FD無線通訊。自行車組件RD建構成改變齒輪位置以回應於從操作裝置3所傳輸的控制訊號。自行車組件RD建構成將從操作裝置4所傳輸的控制訊號傳輸給自行車組件FD。自行車組件FD建構成改變齒輪位置以回應於經由自行車組件RD而從操作裝置4所傳輸的控制訊號。自行車組件RD和FD各包括電力來源,例如電池。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,自行車組件RD和FD中的至少一者可以經由電纜而電連接至另一電力來源,例如電池。若需要及/或想要的話,自行車組件RD和自行車組件FD都可以經由電纜而電連接至另一電力來源,例如電池。In a first specific aspect, the bicycle component RD is configured to be wirelessly connected to the operating devices 3 and 4. The bicycle component RD is configured to be wirelessly connected to the bicycle component FD. The bicycle RD can be configured to wirelessly communicate with the bicycle component FD via at least one of a loop computer, a smart phone, a tablet, and a personal computer. The bicycle component RD is configured to change the gear position in response to the control signal transmitted from the operating device 3. The bicycle component RD is configured to transmit the control signal transmitted from the operating device 4 to the bicycle component FD. The bicycle component FD is configured to change the gear position in response to the control signal transmitted from the operating device 4 via the bicycle component RD. The bicycle components RD and FD each include a power source, such as a battery. However, if needed and/or desired, at least one of the bicycle components RD and FD can be electrically connected to another power source, such as a battery, via a cable. If needed and/or desired, both the bicycle component RD and the bicycle component FD can be electrically connected to another power source, such as a battery, via a cable.

於第一具體態樣,自行車組件RD包括撥鏈器,並且自行車組件FD包括撥鏈器。也就是說,自行車組件RD也可以稱為撥鏈器RD。自行車組件FD也可以稱為撥鏈器FD。若需要及/或想要的話,自行車組件RD的結構可以應用於其他自行車組件,例如自行車組件FD。In a first specific aspect, the bicycle component RD includes a retractor, and the bicycle component FD includes a retractor. That is, the bicycle component RD may also be referred to as the retractor RD. The bicycle component FD may also be referred to as the retractor FD. If necessary and/or desired, the structure of the bicycle component RD may be applied to other bicycle components, such as the bicycle component FD.

於本案,以下方向性用語:「前」(front)、「後」(rear)、「往前」(forward)、「往後」(rearward)、「左」(left)、「右」(right)、「橫向」(transverse)、「往上」(upward)、「往下」(downward)以及任何其他類似的方向性用語是指基於使用者(譬如騎乘者)在自行車2之使用者標準位置(譬如在鞍座2B或座椅上)而面對把手2C所決定的方向。據此,這些用語如用於描述自行車組件RD或其他組件時應相對於裝備有自行車組件RD的自行車2如在水平表面上的直立騎乘位置而使用來解讀。In the present case, the following directional terms: "front", "rear", "forward", "rearward", "left", "right", "transverse", "upward", "downward" and any other similar directional terms refer to the direction determined based on the user (e.g., rider) facing the handlebar 2C in the standard user position (e.g., on the saddle 2B or seat) of the bicycle 2. Accordingly, these terms, when used to describe the bicycle component RD or other components, should be interpreted relative to the bicycle 2 equipped with the bicycle component RD in an upright riding position, such as on a horizontal surface.

如圖2所見,撥鏈器RD包含基座構件12、可動構件14、連桿組16。基座構件12建構成耦合於車輛本體2A。可動構件14相對於基座構件12而可移動。可動構件14包括鏈條導引18和耦合部分20。鏈條導引18繞著樞轉軸線PA而樞轉地耦合於耦合部分20。耦合部分20經由連桿組16而可移動地耦合於基座構件12。As shown in FIG. 2 , the retractor RD includes a base member 12, a movable member 14, and a connecting rod assembly 16. The base member 12 is configured to be coupled to the vehicle body 2A. The movable member 14 is movable relative to the base member 12. The movable member 14 includes a chain guide 18 and a coupling portion 20. The chain guide 18 is pivotally coupled to the coupling portion 20 around a pivot axis PA. The coupling portion 20 is movably coupled to the base member 12 via the connecting rod assembly 16.

如圖3所見,鏈條導引18包括導引板22、導引滑輪24、張力滑輪26。導引板22樞轉地耦合於耦合部分20。導引滑輪24可旋轉地耦合於導引板22。張力滑輪26可旋轉地耦合於導引板22。導引滑輪24建構成接合於鏈條C。張力滑輪26建構成接合於鏈條C。可動構件14的結構不限於以上結構。As shown in FIG3 , the chain guide 18 includes a guide plate 22, a guide pulley 24, and a tension pulley 26. The guide plate 22 is pivotally coupled to the coupling portion 20. The guide pulley 24 is rotatably coupled to the guide plate 22. The tension pulley 26 is rotatably coupled to the guide plate 22. The guide pulley 24 is configured to be coupled to the chain C. The tension pulley 26 is configured to be coupled to the chain C. The structure of the movable member 14 is not limited to the above structure.

如圖2所見,連桿組16可移動地耦合基座構件12和可動構件14。連桿組16可移動地耦合基座構件12和耦合部分20。於本具體態樣,連桿組16包括外連桿28和內連桿30。外連桿28繞著第一樞轉軸線A1而樞轉地耦合於基座構件12。外連桿28繞著第二樞轉軸線A2而樞轉地耦合於可動構件14。內連桿30繞著第三樞轉軸線A3而樞轉地耦合於基座構件12。內連桿30繞著第四樞轉軸線A4而樞轉地耦合於可動構件14。第一到第四樞轉軸線A1到A4彼此平行。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,外連桿28和內連桿30中的一者可以從連桿組16省略。連桿組16的結構不限於以上結構。第一到第四樞轉軸線A1到A4中的至少一者可以非平行於第一到第四樞轉軸線A1到A4中的另一者。As shown in FIG. 2 , the connecting rod assembly 16 movably couples the base member 12 and the movable member 14. The connecting rod assembly 16 movably couples the base member 12 and the coupling portion 20. In this embodiment, the connecting rod assembly 16 includes an outer connecting rod 28 and an inner connecting rod 30. The outer connecting rod 28 is pivotally coupled to the base member 12 around a first pivot axis A1. The outer connecting rod 28 is pivotally coupled to the movable member 14 around a second pivot axis A2. The inner connecting rod 30 is pivotally coupled to the base member 12 around a third pivot axis A3. The inner connecting rod 30 is pivotally coupled to the movable member 14 around a fourth pivot axis A4. The first to fourth pivot axes A1 to A4 are parallel to each other. However, if necessary and/or desired, one of the outer link 28 and the inner link 30 may be omitted from the connecting rod assembly 16. The structure of the connecting rod assembly 16 is not limited to the above structure. At least one of the first to fourth pivot axes A1 to A4 may be non-parallel to another of the first to fourth pivot axes A1 to A4.

如圖4所見,內連桿30至少部分設在自行車2的外連桿28和橫向中央平面CP之間。橫向中央平面CP界定成垂直於後鏈輪總成RS (譬如見圖1)的旋轉軸線RA (譬如見圖2)。4, the inner link 30 is at least partially disposed between the outer link 28 and a transverse center plane CP of the bicycle 2. The transverse center plane CP is defined as being perpendicular to the rotation axis RA (see, e.g., FIG. 2) of the rear sprocket assembly RS (see, e.g., FIG. 1).

撥鏈器RD包含馬達單元32。馬達單元32建構成相對於基座構件12而移動可動構件14和連桿組16中的至少一者。於本具體態樣,馬達單元32耦合於連桿組16以經由連桿組16來移動可動構件14。馬達單元32建構成產生致動力且耦合於連桿組16以傳輸致動力給連桿組16。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,馬達單元32可以直接耦合於可動構件14以相對於基座構件12來移動可動構件14。The retractor RD includes a motor unit 32. The motor unit 32 is configured to move at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod set 16 relative to the base member 12. In the present embodiment, the motor unit 32 is coupled to the connecting rod set 16 to move the movable member 14 via the connecting rod set 16. The motor unit 32 is configured to generate an actuating force and is coupled to the connecting rod set 16 to transmit the actuating force to the connecting rod set 16. However, if necessary and/or desired, the motor unit 32 may be directly coupled to the movable member 14 to move the movable member 14 relative to the base member 12.

如圖2所見,撥鏈器RD進一步包含電源供應器附接結構34,待對此附接電力來源36。電源供應器附接結構34建構成可分離地固持電力來源36。電源供應器附接結構34電連接至馬達單元32以從電力來源36供電給馬達單元32。電力來源36的範例包括電池,例如一次電池和二次電池。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,電源供應器附接結構34可以從撥鏈器RD省略。於此種具體態樣,若需要及/或想要的話,撥鏈器RD可以建構成電連接至另一電力來源。As seen in FIG. 2 , the reel RD further includes a power supply attachment structure 34 to which a power source 36 is to be attached. The power supply attachment structure 34 is configured to detachably hold the power source 36. The power supply attachment structure 34 is electrically connected to the motor unit 32 to supply power to the motor unit 32 from the power source 36. Examples of the power source 36 include batteries, such as primary batteries and secondary batteries. However, if necessary and/or desired, the power supply attachment structure 34 can be omitted from the reel RD. In this embodiment, if necessary and/or desired, the reel RD can be configured to be electrically connected to another power source.

如圖5所見,電源供應器附接結構34設在基座構件12、可動構件14、連桿組16中的一者上。馬達單元32設在基座構件12、可動構件14、連桿組16中的一者。電源供應器附接結構34設在基座構件12、可動構件14、連桿組16中的另一者。馬達單元32設在基座構件12和連桿組16中的一者。電源供應器附接結構34設在基座構件12和連桿組16中的另一者。As shown in FIG5 , the power supply attachment structure 34 is provided on one of the base member 12, the movable member 14, and the connecting rod assembly 16. The motor unit 32 is provided on one of the base member 12, the movable member 14, and the connecting rod assembly 16. The power supply attachment structure 34 is provided on the other of the base member 12, the movable member 14, and the connecting rod assembly 16. The motor unit 32 is provided on one of the base member 12 and the connecting rod assembly 16. The power supply attachment structure 34 is provided on the other of the base member 12 and the connecting rod assembly 16.

於本具體態樣,馬達單元32設在基座構件12。電源供應器附接結構34設在連桿組16。電源供應器附接結構34設在外連桿28。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,馬達單元32可以設在可動構件14和連桿組16中的一者。若需要及/或想要的話,馬達單元32可以設在外連桿28和內連桿30中的一者。若需要及/或想要的話,電源供應器附接結構34可以設在基座構件12和可動構件14中的一者。若需要及/或想要的話,電源供應器附接結構34可以設在內連桿30。若需要及/或想要的話,電源供應器附接結構34可以從馬達單元32省略。In the present embodiment, the motor unit 32 is provided at the base member 12. The power supply attachment structure 34 is provided at the connecting rod assembly 16. The power supply attachment structure 34 is provided at the outer connecting rod 28. However, if necessary and/or desired, the motor unit 32 may be provided at one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 16. If necessary and/or desired, the motor unit 32 may be provided at one of the outer connecting rod 28 and the inner connecting rod 30. If necessary and/or desired, the power supply attachment structure 34 may be provided at one of the base member 12 and the movable member 14. If necessary and/or desired, the power supply attachment structure 34 may be provided at the inner connecting rod 30. If necessary and/or desired, the power supply attachment structure 34 may be omitted from the motor unit 32.

如圖6所見,電源供應器附接結構34包括固持空間34A。電力來源36設於固持空間34A中。電源供應器附接結構34建構成可分離地固持固持空間34A中的電力來源36。外連桿28和電源供應器附接結構34的結構不限於示範的具體態樣。As shown in FIG6 , the power supply attachment structure 34 includes a holding space 34A. The power source 36 is disposed in the holding space 34A. The power supply attachment structure 34 is configured to detachably hold the power source 36 in the holding space 34A. The structure of the outer connecting rod 28 and the power supply attachment structure 34 is not limited to the specific aspects shown.

馬達單元32包括外殼38。於本具體態樣,外殼38是與基座構件12分開的構件。然而,外殼38可以至少部分與基座構件12一體設成一件式單元性構件。The motor unit 32 includes a housing 38. In this embodiment, the housing 38 is a separate component from the base component 12. However, the housing 38 can be at least partially integrated with the base component 12 as a one-piece unitary component.

基座構件12包括第一基座本體40、第二基座本體42、固定器44。第一基座本體40建構成以撥鏈器固定器46而耦合於車輛本體2A。第二基座本體42是與第一基座本體40分開的構件。第二基座本體42以例如螺絲的固定器44而固定於第一基座本體40。馬達單元32設在第一基座本體40和第二基座本體42之間。外殼38固持在第一基座本體40和第二基座本體42之間。The base member 12 includes a first base body 40, a second base body 42, and a fastener 44. The first base body 40 is configured to be coupled to the vehicle body 2A by means of a sprocket fastener 46. The second base body 42 is a member separate from the first base body 40. The second base body 42 is fastened to the first base body 40 by means of a fastener 44 such as a screw. The motor unit 32 is disposed between the first base body 40 and the second base body 42. The housing 38 is held between the first base body 40 and the second base body 42.

如圖7所見,外殼38包括第一外殼50和第二外殼52。外殼38包括內部空間38S。第一外殼50和第二外殼52界定在第一外殼50和第二外殼52之間的內部空間38S。於本具體態樣,第二外殼52是與第一外殼50分開的構件。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第二外殼52可以與第一外殼50一體設成一件式單元性構件。As shown in FIG. 7 , the housing 38 includes a first housing 50 and a second housing 52. The housing 38 includes an internal space 38S. The first housing 50 and the second housing 52 define the internal space 38S between the first housing 50 and the second housing 52. In this embodiment, the second housing 52 is a separate component from the first housing 50. However, if necessary and/or desired, the second housing 52 can be integrally provided with the first housing 50 as a one-piece unitary component.

用於自行車組件RD的馬達單元32包含電動馬達54。電動馬達54建構成經由電源供應器附接結構34 (譬如見圖6)而使用供應自電力來源36的電力來產生致動力。電動馬達54電連接至電源供應器附接結構34。電動馬達54設於外殼38的內部空間38S中。電動馬達54設在第一外殼50和第二外殼52之間。The motor unit 32 for the bicycle assembly RD includes an electric motor 54. The electric motor 54 is configured to generate an actuating force using the power supplied from the power source 36 via the power supply attachment structure 34 (see, for example, FIG. 6). The electric motor 54 is electrically connected to the power supply attachment structure 34. The electric motor 54 is disposed in the inner space 38S of the housing 38. The electric motor 54 is disposed between the first housing 50 and the second housing 52.

用於自行車組件RD的馬達單元32包含輸出構件56。電動馬達54耦合於輸出構件56以繞著輸出旋轉軸線A5而相對於外殼38來旋轉輸出構件56。輸出構件56沿著輸出旋轉軸線A5而延伸。於本具體態樣,輸出旋轉軸線A5與第三樞轉軸線A3重合。輸出構件56繞著第三樞轉軸線A3相對於外殼38而可旋轉。內連桿30繞著輸出旋轉軸線A5相對於基座構件12而可旋轉。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,輸出旋轉軸線A5可以偏移於第三樞轉軸線A3。The motor unit 32 for the bicycle assembly RD includes an output member 56. The electric motor 54 is coupled to the output member 56 to rotate the output member 56 relative to the housing 38 around the output rotation axis A5. The output member 56 extends along the output rotation axis A5. In this embodiment, the output rotation axis A5 coincides with the third pivot axis A3. The output member 56 is rotatable relative to the housing 38 around the third pivot axis A3. The inner connecting rod 30 is rotatable relative to the base member 12 around the output rotation axis A5. However, if necessary and/or desired, the output rotation axis A5 can be offset from the third pivot axis A3.

內連桿30耦合於輸出構件56以從輸出構件56接收由電動馬達54傳輸給輸出構件56的致動力。內連桿30耦合於輸出構件56以繞著第三樞轉軸線A3而相對於外殼38和基座構件12來連同輸出構件56旋轉。內連桿30包括內連桿本體30A、內連桿槓桿30B、固定器30C。內連桿本體30A繞著第三樞轉軸線A3而樞轉地耦合於基座構件12。內連桿本體30A繞著第四樞轉軸線A4而樞轉地耦合於可動構件14。內連桿槓桿30B以固定器30C而固定於內連桿本體30A。內連桿槓桿30B耦合於輸出構件56以從輸出構件56接收由電動馬達54所傳輸的致動力。內連桿槓桿30B耦合於輸出構件56以繞著第三樞轉軸線A3而相對於外殼38和基座構件12來連同輸出構件56旋轉。The inner connecting rod 30 is coupled to the output member 56 to receive the actuating force transmitted to the output member 56 by the electric motor 54. The inner connecting rod 30 is coupled to the output member 56 to rotate together with the output member 56 relative to the outer housing 38 and the base member 12 around the third pivot axis A3. The inner connecting rod 30 includes an inner connecting rod body 30A, an inner connecting rod lever 30B, and a retainer 30C. The inner connecting rod body 30A is pivotally coupled to the base member 12 around the third pivot axis A3. The inner connecting rod body 30A is pivotally coupled to the movable member 14 around the fourth pivot axis A4. The inner link lever 30B is fixed to the inner link body 30A by a fixer 30C. The inner link lever 30B is coupled to the output member 56 to receive the actuating force transmitted by the electric motor 54 from the output member 56. The inner link lever 30B is coupled to the output member 56 to rotate together with the output member 56 relative to the housing 38 and the base member 12 around the third pivot axis A3.

外力EF施加於可動構件14和連桿組16中的至少一者,以回應於障礙物與可動構件14和連桿組16中的至少一者之間的實體接觸。因此,具有外部扭矩ET的外部旋轉力ERF經由連桿組16而施加於輸出構件56以回應於外力EF。較佳的是限制外部扭矩ET勿由可動構件14和連桿組16中的至少一者傳輸至電動馬達54。The external force EF is applied to at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 16 in response to the physical contact between the obstacle and at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 16. Therefore, the external rotational force ERF having the external torque ET is applied to the output member 56 via the connecting rod assembly 16 in response to the external force EF. It is preferable to limit the external torque ET from being transmitted from at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 16 to the electric motor 54.

如圖8所見,用於自行車組件RD的馬達單元32包含扭矩限制器60和傳輸結構62。扭矩限制器60建構成保護電動馬達54免於外力EF所引起的損傷,而同時允許必要的力由電動馬達54傳輸至可動構件14和連桿組16中的至少一者。傳輸結構62建構成保護電動馬達54免於外力EF所引起的損傷,而同時允許電動馬達54所產生的致動力傳輸至可動構件14和連桿組16中的至少一者。扭矩限制器60所具有的結構異於傳輸結構62的結構。As shown in FIG8 , the motor unit 32 for the bicycle assembly RD includes a torque limiter 60 and a transmission structure 62. The torque limiter 60 is configured to protect the electric motor 54 from damage caused by the external force EF while allowing the necessary force to be transmitted from the electric motor 54 to at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 16. The transmission structure 62 is configured to protect the electric motor 54 from damage caused by the external force EF while allowing the actuation force generated by the electric motor 54 to be transmitted to at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 16. The torque limiter 60 has a structure different from that of the transmission structure 62.

扭矩限制器60和傳輸結構62設在由電動馬達54往輸出構件56所設的動力傳輸路徑TP上而在電動馬達54和輸出構件56之間。傳輸結構62設在由電動馬達54往輸出構件56所設的動力傳輸路徑TP上而在電動馬達54和扭矩限制器60之間。扭矩限制器60設在動力傳輸路徑TP上而在傳輸結構62和輸出構件56之間。動力傳輸路徑TP是由電動馬達54往輸出構件56而經過傳輸結構62和扭矩限制器60所界定。The torque limiter 60 and the transmission structure 62 are provided on the power transmission path TP provided from the electric motor 54 to the output member 56 and between the electric motor 54 and the output member 56. The transmission structure 62 is provided on the power transmission path TP provided from the electric motor 54 to the output member 56 and between the electric motor 54 and the torque limiter 60. The torque limiter 60 is provided on the power transmission path TP and between the transmission structure 62 and the output member 56. The power transmission path TP is defined from the electric motor 54 to the output member 56 through the transmission structure 62 and the torque limiter 60.

扭矩限制器60和傳輸結構62建構成將電動馬達54所產生的致動力傳輸至可動構件14和連桿組16中的至少一者。扭矩限制器60建構成限制力量勿由可動構件14和連桿組16中的一者傳輸至傳輸結構62。傳輸結構62建構成限制力量勿由扭矩限制器60傳輸至電動馬達54。The torque limiter 60 and the transmission structure 62 are configured to transmit the actuation force generated by the electric motor 54 to at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 16. The torque limiter 60 is configured to limit the force from being transmitted from one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 16 to the transmission structure 62. The transmission structure 62 is configured to limit the force from being transmitted from the torque limiter 60 to the electric motor 54.

馬達單元32進一步包含減速器63。減速器63耦合電動馬達54和輸出構件56以將電動馬達54的輸出扭矩T0傳輸至輸出構件56。於本具體態樣,減速器63包括扭矩限制器60和傳輸結構62。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,扭矩限制器60和傳輸結構62中的一者可以從減速器63省略。若需要及/或想要的話,除了扭矩限制器60和傳輸結構62以外,減速器63還可以包括非扭矩限制器60和傳輸結構62的結構。The motor unit 32 further includes a speed reducer 63. The speed reducer 63 couples the electric motor 54 and the output member 56 to transmit the output torque T0 of the electric motor 54 to the output member 56. In the present embodiment, the speed reducer 63 includes a torque limiter 60 and a transmission structure 62. However, if necessary and/or desired, one of the torque limiter 60 and the transmission structure 62 may be omitted from the speed reducer 63. If necessary and/or desired, in addition to the torque limiter 60 and the transmission structure 62, the speed reducer 63 may also include a structure other than the torque limiter 60 and the transmission structure 62.

電動馬達54包括輸出軸桿54A。電動馬達54包括馬達齒輪54B和馬達外殼54C。馬達齒輪54B固定於輸出軸桿54A。電動馬達54建構成繞著馬達旋轉軸線A9而相對於馬達外殼54C來旋轉輸出軸桿54A。電動馬達54建構成產生輸出扭矩T0。The electric motor 54 includes an output shaft 54A. The electric motor 54 includes a motor gear 54B and a motor housing 54C. The motor gear 54B is fixed to the output shaft 54A. The electric motor 54 is configured to rotate the output shaft 54A relative to the motor housing 54C around the motor rotation axis A9. The electric motor 54 is configured to generate an output torque T0.

如圖9所見,電動馬達54耦合於傳輸結構62。電動馬達54經由至少一齒輪而耦合於傳輸結構62。減速器63包括齒輪G1、G2、G3、G4、G5。也就是說,馬達單元32包括齒輪G1到G5。電動馬達54經由齒輪G1到G5而耦合於傳輸結構62。齒輪G1嚙合於電動馬達54的馬達齒輪54B。齒輪G2相對於外殼38 (譬如見圖16)而可連同齒輪G1旋轉。齒輪G2嚙合於齒輪G3。齒輪G4相對於外殼38 (譬如見圖16)而可連同齒輪G3旋轉。齒輪G4嚙合於齒輪G5。傳輸結構62耦合於齒輪G5以經由齒輪G1到G5來接收電動馬達54所產生的致動力。As shown in FIG9 , the electric motor 54 is coupled to the transmission structure 62. The electric motor 54 is coupled to the transmission structure 62 via at least one gear. The speed reducer 63 includes gears G1, G2, G3, G4, and G5. That is, the motor unit 32 includes gears G1 to G5. The electric motor 54 is coupled to the transmission structure 62 via gears G1 to G5. Gear G1 is engaged with the motor gear 54B of the electric motor 54. Gear G2 is rotatable together with gear G1 relative to the housing 38 (see, for example, FIG16 ). Gear G2 is engaged with gear G3. Gear G4 is rotatable together with gear G3 relative to the housing 38 (see, for example, FIG16 ). Gear G4 is engaged with gear G5. Transmission structure 62 is coupled to gear G5 to receive the actuating force generated by electric motor 54 via gears G1 to G5.

傳輸結構62耦合於扭矩限制器60。傳輸結構62經由至少一齒輪而耦合於扭矩限制器60。減速器63包括齒輪G6和G7。也就是說,馬達單元32進一步包含齒輪G7。傳輸結構62經由齒輪G6和G7而耦合於扭矩限制器60。齒輪G6耦合於傳輸結構62以從傳輸結構62接收旋轉力。齒輪G7嚙合於齒輪G6。齒輪G7耦合於扭矩限制器60以在扭矩限制器60和齒輪G7之間傳輸旋轉力。The transmission structure 62 is coupled to the torque limiter 60. The transmission structure 62 is coupled to the torque limiter 60 via at least one gear. The speed reducer 63 includes gears G6 and G7. That is, the motor unit 32 further includes a gear G7. The transmission structure 62 is coupled to the torque limiter 60 via gears G6 and G7. Gear G6 is coupled to the transmission structure 62 to receive a rotational force from the transmission structure 62. Gear G7 is engaged with gear G6. Gear G7 is coupled to the torque limiter 60 to transmit a rotational force between the torque limiter 60 and gear G7.

如圖8所見,傳輸結構62建構成在由電動馬達54往輸出構件56所界定的第一負載方向LD1傳輸第一扭矩T1。傳輸結構62建構成在由輸出軸桿54A往輸出構件56所界定的第一負載方向LD1傳輸第一扭矩T1。在第一輸入扭矩T11是由非扭矩限制器60的裝置施加於傳輸結構62的狀態下,傳輸結構62建構成傳輸第一扭矩T1給扭矩限制器60。As shown in FIG8 , the transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 in the first load direction LD1 defined by the electric motor 54 toward the output member 56. The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 in the first load direction LD1 defined by the output shaft 54A toward the output member 56. When the first input torque T11 is applied to the transmission structure 62 by a device other than the torque limiter 60, the transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 to the torque limiter 60.

傳輸結構62建構成在第一負載方向LD1經由齒輪G5而從電動馬達54接收第一輸入扭矩T11。傳輸結構62建構成在第一負載方向LD1傳輸第一扭矩T1給齒輪G6。第一扭矩T1也可以稱為第一輸出扭矩T1。於本具體態樣,第一扭矩T1等於第一輸入扭矩T11。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第一扭矩T1可以異於第一輸入扭矩T11。The transmission structure 62 is configured to receive the first input torque T11 from the electric motor 54 via the gear G5 in the first load direction LD1. The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 to the gear G6 in the first load direction LD1. The first torque T1 may also be referred to as the first output torque T1. In this embodiment, the first torque T1 is equal to the first input torque T11. However, if necessary and/or desired, the first torque T1 may be different from the first input torque T11.

傳輸結構62建構成在由輸出構件56往電動馬達54所界定的第二負載方向LD2傳輸第二扭矩T2。傳輸結構62建構成在由輸出構件56往輸出軸桿54A所界定的第二負載方向LD2傳輸第二扭矩T2。在第二輸入扭矩T21是由扭矩限制器60施加於傳輸結構62的狀態下,傳輸結構62建構成傳輸第二扭矩T2。The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the second torque T2 in the second load direction LD2 defined by the output member 56 toward the electric motor 54. The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the second torque T2 in the second load direction LD2 defined by the output member 56 toward the output shaft 54A. When the second input torque T21 is applied to the transmission structure 62 by the torque limiter 60, the transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the second torque T2.

傳輸結構62建構成在第二負載方向LD2經由齒輪G6而從扭矩限制器60接收第二輸入扭矩T21。傳輸結構62建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第二扭矩T2給齒輪G5。第二扭矩T2也可以稱為第二輸出扭矩T2。The transmission structure 62 is configured to receive the second input torque T21 from the torque limiter 60 via the gear G6 in the second load direction LD2. The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the second torque T2 to the gear G5 in the second load direction LD2. The second torque T2 may also be referred to as a second output torque T2.

於本具體態樣,第二扭矩T2低於第二輸入扭矩T12。第二扭矩T2可以包括零。第二扭矩T2可以為零。傳輸結構62建構成在第二負載方向LD2減少第二輸入扭矩T21成第二扭矩T2。傳輸結構62建構成限制第二輸入扭矩T21勿在第二負載方向LD2經由傳輸結構62而傳輸至齒輪G5。傳輸結構62建構成限制扭矩勿在第二負載方向LD2傳輸至齒輪G5。因此,傳輸結構62建構成不將在第二負載方向LD2傳輸至傳輸結構62的扭矩傳輸給電動馬達54。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第二扭矩T2可以高於零。In this embodiment, the second torque T2 is lower than the second input torque T12. The second torque T2 may include zero. The second torque T2 may be zero. The transmission structure 62 is configured to reduce the second input torque T21 to the second torque T2 in the second load direction LD2. The transmission structure 62 is configured to limit the second input torque T21 from being transmitted to the gear G5 via the transmission structure 62 in the second load direction LD2. The transmission structure 62 is configured to limit the torque from being transmitted to the gear G5 in the second load direction LD2. Therefore, the transmission structure 62 is configured not to transmit the torque transmitted to the transmission structure 62 in the second load direction LD2 to the electric motor 54. However, if necessary and/or desired, the second torque T2 may be higher than zero.

第一扭矩T1高於第二扭矩T2。換言之,在第二負載方向LD2經由傳輸結構62所傳輸的第二扭矩T2低於在第一負載方向LD1經由傳輸結構62所傳輸的第一扭矩T1。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第一扭矩T1可以等於或低於第二扭矩T2。The first torque T1 is higher than the second torque T2. In other words, the second torque T2 transmitted through the transmission structure 62 in the second load direction LD2 is lower than the first torque T1 transmitted through the transmission structure 62 in the first load direction LD1. However, if necessary and/or desired, the first torque T1 can be equal to or lower than the second torque T2.

如圖8所見,減速器63包括齒輪G8。齒輪G8耦合於扭矩限制器60。輸出構件56包括軸桿56S和輸出齒輪G9。軸桿56S沿著輸出旋轉軸線A5延伸。輸出齒輪G9耦合於軸桿56S以繞著輸出旋轉軸線A5而連同軸桿56S旋轉。齒輪G8嚙合於輸出齒輪G9。As shown in FIG8 , the speed reducer 63 includes a gear G8. The gear G8 is coupled to the torque limiter 60. The output member 56 includes a shaft 56S and an output gear G9. The shaft 56S extends along the output rotation axis A5. The output gear G9 is coupled to the shaft 56S to rotate together with the shaft 56S around the output rotation axis A5. The gear G8 is engaged with the output gear G9.

扭矩限制器60建構成在第一負載方向LD1由齒輪G7來接收第三輸入扭矩T31。扭矩限制器60建構成在第一負載方向LD1將第三輸出扭矩T32或限制輸出扭矩T33傳輸至齒輪G8。The torque limiter 60 is configured to receive the third input torque T31 from the gear G7 in the first load direction LD1. The torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the third output torque T32 or the limited output torque T33 to the gear G8 in the first load direction LD1.

在第三輸入扭矩T31低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成在第一負載方向LD1將等於第三輸入扭矩T31的第三輸出扭矩T32傳輸至齒輪G8。在第三輸入扭矩T31等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成在第一負載方向LD1將低於第三輸入扭矩T31的限制輸出扭矩T33傳輸至齒輪G8。在第三輸入扭矩T31等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成減少第三輸入扭矩T31成限制輸出扭矩T33。When the third input torque T31 is lower than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the third output torque T32 equal to the third input torque T31 to the gear G8 in the first load direction LD1. When the third input torque T31 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the limited output torque T33 lower than the third input torque T31 to the gear G8 in the first load direction LD1. When the third input torque T31 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to reduce the third input torque T31 to the limited output torque T33.

於本具體態樣,限制輸出扭矩T33低於扭矩閾限。限制輸出扭矩T33可以包括零。限制輸出扭矩T33可以為零或近似零。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,限制輸出扭矩T33可以高於零。In this embodiment, the limited output torque T33 is lower than the torque threshold. The limited output torque T33 may include zero. The limited output torque T33 may be zero or approximately zero. However, if necessary and/or desired, the limited output torque T33 may be higher than zero.

扭矩限制器60建構成經由傳輸結構62和齒輪G1到G7而從電動馬達54接收第三輸入扭矩T31。扭矩閾限高於第三輸入扭矩T31的可能最大值。因此,當扭矩限制器60經由傳輸結構62和齒輪G1到G7而從電動馬達54接收第三輸入扭矩T31時,扭矩限制器60建構成將輸出扭矩T33傳輸至齒輪G8。The torque limiter 60 is configured to receive the third input torque T31 from the electric motor 54 via the transmission structure 62 and the gears G1 to G7. The torque threshold is higher than the possible maximum value of the third input torque T31. Therefore, when the torque limiter 60 receives the third input torque T31 from the electric motor 54 via the transmission structure 62 and the gears G1 to G7, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the output torque T33 to the gear G8.

如圖8所見,扭矩限制器60建構成在第二負載方向LD2而從齒輪G8接收第四輸入扭矩T41。扭矩限制器60建構成在第二負載方向LD2將第四輸出扭矩T42或限制輸出扭矩T43傳輸至齒輪G7。8 , the torque limiter 60 is configured to receive the fourth input torque T41 from the gear G8 in the second load direction LD2. The torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the fourth output torque T42 or the limited output torque T43 to the gear G7 in the second load direction LD2.

在第四輸入扭矩T41低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成在第二負載方向LD2將等於第四輸入扭矩T41的第四輸出扭矩T42傳輸至齒輪G7。在第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成在第二負載方向LD2將低於第四輸入扭矩T41的限制輸出扭矩T43傳輸至齒輪G7。在第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成減少第四輸入扭矩T41成限制輸出扭矩T43。When the fourth input torque T41 is lower than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the fourth output torque T42 equal to the fourth input torque T41 to the gear G7 in the second load direction LD2. When the fourth input torque T41 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the limited output torque T43 lower than the fourth input torque T41 to the gear G7 in the second load direction LD2. When the fourth input torque T41 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to reduce the fourth input torque T41 to the limited output torque T43.

於本具體態樣,限制輸出扭矩T43低於第四輸出扭矩T42和扭矩閾限。限制輸出扭矩T43可以包括零。限制輸出扭矩T43可以為零或近似零。第四輸出扭矩T42也可以稱為第三扭矩T42。限制輸出扭矩T43也可以稱為第四扭矩T43。第三扭矩T42高於第四扭矩T43。換言之,第四扭矩T43低於第三扭矩T42。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,限制輸出扭矩T43可以高於零。In this embodiment, the limited output torque T43 is lower than the fourth output torque T42 and the torque threshold. The limited output torque T43 may include zero. The limited output torque T43 may be zero or approximately zero. The fourth output torque T42 may also be referred to as the third torque T42. The limited output torque T43 may also be referred to as the fourth torque T43. The third torque T42 is higher than the fourth torque T43. In other words, the fourth torque T43 is lower than the third torque T42. However, if necessary and/or desired, the limited output torque T43 may be higher than zero.

當外部扭矩ET由可動構件14和連桿組16中的至少一者施加於輸出構件56時,第四輸入扭矩T41由輸出構件56施加於扭矩限制器60。When the external torque ET is applied to the output member 56 by at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod group 16 , the fourth input torque T41 is applied to the torque limiter 60 by the output member 56 .

在輸入至扭矩限制器60的扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成傳輸第三扭矩T42。在第四輸入扭矩T41低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第三扭矩T42。在輸入至扭矩限制器60的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成傳輸第四扭矩T43。在第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第四扭矩T43。換言之,在外部扭矩ET低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第三扭矩T42。在外部扭矩ET等於或高於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第四扭矩T43。外部扭矩閾限是用於決定施加於輸出構件56之外部扭矩ET的標準,而扭矩閾限是用於決定施加於扭矩限制器60之第四輸入扭矩T41的標準。In a state where the torque input to the torque limiter 60 is lower than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the third torque T42. In a state where the fourth input torque T41 is lower than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the third torque T42 in the second load direction LD2. In a state where the torque input to the torque limiter 60 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the fourth torque T43. In a state where the fourth input torque T41 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the fourth torque T43 in the second load direction LD2. In other words, in a state where the external torque ET is lower than the external torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the third torque T42 in the second load direction LD2. When the external torque ET is equal to or higher than the external torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 is configured to transmit the fourth torque T43 in the second load direction LD2. The external torque threshold is a criterion for determining the external torque ET applied to the output member 56, and the torque threshold is a criterion for determining the fourth input torque T41 applied to the torque limiter 60.

如圖8所見,扭矩限制器60包括第一構件64和第二構件66。在施加於扭矩限制器60的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66相對於彼此而可移動。在扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66彼此可一起移動。在扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66彼此接觸以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66建構成在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第四扭矩T43。As seen in FIG8 , the torque limiter 60 includes a first member 64 and a second member 66. In a state where the torque applied to the torque limiter 60 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are movable relative to each other. In a state where the torque is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are movable together with each other. In a state where the torque is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 contact each other to transmit a third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. In a state where the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are constructed to transmit a fourth torque T43 between the first member 64 and the second member 66.

在扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66彼此可滑動地接觸以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在施加於第一構件64的第三輸入扭矩T31等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66相對於彼此而可移動。在施加於第一構件64的第三輸入扭矩T31等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64相對於第二構件66而可移動。在第三輸入扭矩T31低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66彼此可一起移動。In a state where the torque is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are slidably in contact with each other to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. In a state where the third input torque T31 applied to the first member 64 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are movable relative to each other. In a state where the third input torque T31 applied to the first member 64 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 64 is movable relative to the second member 66. In a state where the third input torque T31 is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are movable together with each other.

在施加於扭矩限制器60的第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66相對於彼此而可移動。在施加於第二構件66的第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第二構件66相對於第一構件64而可移動。在第四輸入扭矩T41低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66彼此可一起移動。In a state where the fourth input torque T41 applied to the torque limiter 60 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are movable relative to each other. In a state where the fourth input torque T41 applied to the second member 66 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the second member 66 is movable relative to the first member 64. In a state where the fourth input torque T41 is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are movable together with each other.

齒輪G7固定於第一構件64以從傳輸結構62傳輸扭矩給第一構件64。於本具體態樣,齒輪G7與第一構件64一體設成一件式單元性構件。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,齒輪G7可以是與第一構件64分開的構件。Gear G7 is fixed to the first member 64 to transmit torque from the transmission structure 62 to the first member 64. In this embodiment, gear G7 and the first member 64 are integrally formed as a one-piece unitary member. However, if necessary and/or desired, gear G7 can be a member separated from the first member 64.

在輸入至輸出構件56的外部扭矩ET低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第二構件66建構成在由輸出構件56往電動馬達54所界定的第二負載方向LD2傳輸第三扭矩T42給第一構件64。在外部扭矩ET等於或大於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第二構件66建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第四扭矩T43給第一構件64。When the external torque ET input to the output member 56 is lower than the external torque threshold, the second member 66 is configured to transmit the third torque T42 to the first member 64 in the second load direction LD2 defined by the output member 56 toward the electric motor 54. When the external torque ET is equal to or greater than the external torque threshold, the second member 66 is configured to transmit the fourth torque T43 to the first member 64 in the second load direction LD2.

在輸入至輸出構件56的外部扭矩ET低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64可滑動地接觸第二構件66以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在外部扭矩ET等於或高於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64可滑動地接觸第二構件66以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第四扭矩T43。When the external torque ET input to the output member 56 is lower than the external torque threshold, the first member 64 may slidably contact the second member 66 to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. When the external torque ET is equal to or higher than the external torque threshold, the first member 64 may slidably contact the second member 66 to transmit the fourth torque T43 between the first member 64 and the second member 66.

扭矩限制器60具有限制器旋轉軸線A6。第一構件64繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6相對於外殼38 (譬如見圖7)而可旋轉。第二構件66繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6相對於外殼38 (譬如見圖7)而可旋轉。在施加於扭矩限制器60的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6可相對於彼此而旋轉。在施加於扭矩限制器60的扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件64和第二構件66繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6而可彼此一起旋轉。The torque limiter 60 has a limiter rotation axis A6. The first member 64 is rotatable relative to the housing 38 (see, for example, FIG. 7 ) about the limiter rotation axis A6. The second member 66 is rotatable relative to the housing 38 (see, for example, FIG. 7 ) about the limiter rotation axis A6. When the torque applied to the torque limiter 60 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are rotatable relative to each other about the limiter rotation axis A6. When the torque applied to the torque limiter 60 is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 64 and the second member 66 are rotatable together with each other about the limiter rotation axis A6.

如圖10所見,扭矩限制器60包括支撐軸桿67。支撐軸桿67沿著限制器旋轉軸線A6而延伸。支撐軸桿67是由外殼38(譬如見圖7)所可旋轉地支撐。第一構件64繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6相對於支撐軸桿67而可旋轉。第二構件66耦合於支撐軸桿67以繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6而連同支撐軸桿67來旋轉。支撐軸桿67可移動地支撐第二構件66。第二構件66沿著限制器旋轉軸線A6相對於支撐軸桿67而可移動。As shown in FIG. 10 , the torque limiter 60 includes a support shaft 67. The support shaft 67 extends along the limiter rotation axis A6. The support shaft 67 is rotatably supported by the housing 38 (see, for example, FIG. 7 ). The first member 64 is rotatable relative to the support shaft 67 around the limiter rotation axis A6. The second member 66 is coupled to the support shaft 67 to rotate together with the support shaft 67 around the limiter rotation axis A6. The support shaft 67 movably supports the second member 66. The second member 66 is movable relative to the support shaft 67 along the limiter rotation axis A6.

齒輪G8耦合於支撐軸桿67。於本具體態樣,齒輪G8與支撐軸桿67一體設為一件式單元性構件。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,齒輪G8可以是與支撐軸桿67分開的構件。Gear G8 is coupled to support shaft 67. In this embodiment, gear G8 and support shaft 67 are integrally formed as a one-piece unitary component. However, if necessary and/or desired, gear G8 can be a component separate from support shaft 67.

齒輪G8嚙合於輸出構件56的輸出齒輪G9。因此,輸出構件56繞著輸出旋轉軸線A5旋轉,以回應於第二構件66和支撐軸桿67繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6的旋轉。第二構件66和支撐軸桿67繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6旋轉,以回應於輸出構件56繞著輸出旋轉軸線A5的旋轉。The gear G8 is engaged with the output gear G9 of the output member 56. Therefore, the output member 56 rotates around the output rotation axis A5 in response to the rotation of the second member 66 and the support shaft 67 around the limiter rotation axis A6. The second member 66 and the support shaft 67 rotate around the limiter rotation axis A6 in response to the rotation of the output member 56 around the output rotation axis A5.

如圖10所見,扭矩限制器60包括導引構件76。導引構件76耦合於支撐軸桿67以沿著限制器旋轉軸線A6來導引第二構件66。導引構件76耦合於支撐軸桿67以繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6而連同支撐軸桿67來旋轉。導引構件76固定於支撐軸桿67。As seen in Fig. 10, the torque limiter 60 includes a guide member 76. The guide member 76 is coupled to the support shaft 67 to guide the second member 66 along the limiter rotation axis A6. The guide member 76 is coupled to the support shaft 67 to rotate around the limiter rotation axis A6 together with the support shaft 67. The guide member 76 is fixed to the support shaft 67.

支撐軸桿67包括栓槽部分67A。導引構件76包括栓槽孔76A。支撐軸桿67的栓槽部分67A嚙合於導引構件76的栓槽孔76A。栓槽部分67A是以例如壓配和黏著劑的固定結構而固定於栓槽孔76A。因此,導引構件76經由栓槽部分67A和栓槽孔76A而固定於支撐軸桿67。導引構件76耦合於支撐軸桿67以繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6而連同支撐軸桿67來旋轉。The support shaft 67 includes a bolt groove portion 67A. The guide member 76 includes a bolt groove hole 76A. The bolt groove portion 67A of the support shaft 67 is engaged with the bolt groove hole 76A of the guide member 76. The bolt groove portion 67A is fixed to the bolt groove hole 76A by a fixing structure such as press fitting and adhesive. Therefore, the guide member 76 is fixed to the support shaft 67 via the bolt groove portion 67A and the bolt groove hole 76A. The guide member 76 is coupled to the support shaft 67 to rotate together with the support shaft 67 around the limiter rotation axis A6.

導引構件76包括導引基座76B和至少一第一導引部分76G。導引基座76B包括栓槽孔76A。導引基座76B呈環形。於本具體態樣,導引構件76包括至少二第一導引部分76G。第一導引部分76G沿著限制器旋轉軸線A6而從導引基座76B延伸。至少二第一導引部分76G繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6而彼此圓周地隔開。The guide member 76 includes a guide base 76B and at least one first guide portion 76G. The guide base 76B includes a bolt slot 76A. The guide base 76B is annular. In this embodiment, the guide member 76 includes at least two first guide portions 76G. The first guide portion 76G extends from the guide base 76B along the limiter rotation axis A6. The at least two first guide portions 76G are circumferentially spaced from each other around the limiter rotation axis A6.

第二構件66包括基座部分66A和第二導引部分66G。基座部分66A呈環形。於本具體態樣,第二構件66包括至少二第二導引部分66G。第二導引部分66G沿著限制器旋轉軸線A6而從基座部分66A延伸。至少二第二導引部分66G繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6而彼此圓周地隔開。The second component 66 includes a base portion 66A and a second guide portion 66G. The base portion 66A is annular. In this embodiment, the second component 66 includes at least two second guide portions 66G. The second guide portion 66G extends from the base portion 66A along the limiter rotation axis A6. The at least two second guide portions 66G are circumferentially spaced from each other around the limiter rotation axis A6.

於本具體態樣,第一導引部分76G的總數為三。第二導引部分66G的總數為三。然而,第一導引部分76G的總數不限於三。第二導引部分66G的總數不限於三。In this embodiment, the total number of the first guide portions 76G is three. The total number of the second guide portions 66G is three. However, the total number of the first guide portions 76G is not limited to three. The total number of the second guide portions 66G is not limited to three.

如圖11所見,至少二第二導引部分66G接合於至少二第一導引部分76G。第二導引部分66G圓周地設在至少二第一導引部分76G的相鄰二導引部分之間。第一導引部分76G圓周地設在至少二第二導引部分66G的相鄰二導引部分之間。因此,第二構件66沿著限制器旋轉軸線A6相對於支撐軸桿67和導引構件76而可移動,但不相對於支撐軸桿67而旋轉。As shown in FIG. 11 , at least two second guide portions 66G are joined to at least two first guide portions 76G. The second guide portion 66G is circumferentially disposed between two adjacent guide portions of the at least two first guide portions 76G. The first guide portion 76G is circumferentially disposed between two adjacent guide portions of the at least two second guide portions 66G. Therefore, the second member 66 is movable relative to the support shaft 67 and the guide member 76 along the limiter rotation axis A6, but does not rotate relative to the support shaft 67.

扭矩限制器60包括偏壓構件78。偏壓構件78建構成偏壓第一構件64和第二構件66中的至少一者以維持第一構件64和第二構件66之間的接觸狀態。偏壓構件78建構成偏壓第一構件64和第二構件66中的至少一者以維持第一構件64和第二構件66之間可滑動的接觸狀態。偏壓構件78設在第二構件66和導引構件76之間。偏壓構件78設在基座部分66A和導引基座76B之間。第一導引部分76G和第二導引部分66G設於偏壓構件78中。The torque limiter 60 includes a biasing member 78. The biasing member 78 is configured to bias at least one of the first member 64 and the second member 66 to maintain a contact state between the first member 64 and the second member 66. The biasing member 78 is configured to bias at least one of the first member 64 and the second member 66 to maintain a slidable contact state between the first member 64 and the second member 66. The biasing member 78 is disposed between the second member 66 and the guide member 76. The biasing member 78 is disposed between the base portion 66A and the guide base 76B. The first guide portion 76G and the second guide portion 66G are disposed in the biasing member 78.

如圖12所見,於本具體態樣,偏壓構件78包括線圈波形彈簧。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以包括其他構件,例如碟形彈簧、線圈彈簧、彈性構件(譬如橡膠),以取代或附加於線圈波形彈簧。於圖8到11,偏壓構件78是以簡化方式來顯示。As seen in FIG. 12 , in this embodiment, the biasing member 78 comprises a coil wave spring. However, if necessary and/or desired, the biasing member 78 may comprise other members, such as a disc spring, a coil spring, a resilient member (e.g., rubber), in place of or in addition to the coil wave spring. In FIGS. 8 to 11 , the biasing member 78 is shown in a simplified manner.

如圖11所見,偏壓構件78建構成偏壓第二構件66朝向第一構件64以維持第一構件64和第二構件66之間的接觸狀態。偏壓構件78建構成偏壓第二構件66朝向第一構件64以維持第一構件64和第二構件66之間可滑動的接觸狀態。11 , the biasing member 78 is configured to bias the second member 66 toward the first member 64 to maintain the contact state between the first member 64 and the second member 66. The biasing member 78 is configured to bias the second member 66 toward the first member 64 to maintain the slidable contact state between the first member 64 and the second member 66.

然而,若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以建構成偏壓第一構件64朝向第二構件66以維持第一構件64和第二構件66之間的接觸狀態。若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以建構成偏壓第一構件64和第二構件66朝向彼此以維持第一構件64和第二構件66之間的接觸狀態。若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以建構成偏壓第一構件64朝向第二構件66以維持第一構件64和第二構件66之間可滑動的接觸狀態。若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以建構成偏壓第一構件64和第二構件66朝向彼此以維持第一構件64和第二構件66之間可滑動的接觸狀態。However, if needed and/or desired, the biasing member 78 can be configured to bias the first member 64 toward the second member 66 to maintain contact between the first member 64 and the second member 66. If needed and/or desired, the biasing member 78 can be configured to bias the first member 64 and the second member 66 toward each other to maintain contact between the first member 64 and the second member 66. If needed and/or desired, the biasing member 78 can be configured to bias the first member 64 toward the second member 66 to maintain slidable contact between the first member 64 and the second member 66. If needed and/or desired, the biasing member 78 can be configured to bias the first member 64 and the second member 66 toward each other to maintain slidable contact between the first member 64 and the second member 66.

如圖13和14所見,第一構件64和第二構件66中的一者包括凹陷。第一構件64和第二構件66中的另一者包括凸出部分。於本具體態樣,第一構件64包括凹陷64R。第二構件66包括凹陷66R。第二構件66的基座部分66A包括凹陷66R。第一構件64包括凸出部分64P。第二構件66包括凸出部分66P。第二構件66的基座部分66A包括凸出部分66P。As seen in FIGS. 13 and 14 , one of the first member 64 and the second member 66 includes a recess. The other of the first member 64 and the second member 66 includes a protrusion. In this embodiment, the first member 64 includes a recess 64R. The second member 66 includes a recess 66R. The base portion 66A of the second member 66 includes a recess 66R. The first member 64 includes a protrusion 64P. The second member 66 includes a protrusion 66P. The base portion 66A of the second member 66 includes a protrusion 66P.

更特定而言,第一構件64包括至少二凹陷64R。第二構件66包括至少二凹陷66R。第二構件66的基座部分66A包括至少二凹陷66R。第一構件64包括至少二凸出部分64P。第二構件66包括至少二凸出部分66P。第二構件66的基座部分66A包括至少二凸出部分66P。凹陷64R設在至少二凸出部分64P的相鄰二凸出部分之間。凹陷66R設在至少二凸出部分66P的相鄰二凸出部分之間。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第一構件64和第二構件66中的僅一者可以包括凹陷。若需要及/或想要的話,第一構件64和第二構件66中僅另一者可以包括凸出部分。More specifically, the first member 64 includes at least two recesses 64R. The second member 66 includes at least two recesses 66R. The base portion 66A of the second member 66 includes at least two recesses 66R. The first member 64 includes at least two protrusions 64P. The second member 66 includes at least two protrusions 66P. The base portion 66A of the second member 66 includes at least two protrusions 66P. The recess 64R is disposed between two adjacent protrusions of the at least two protrusions 64P. The recess 66R is disposed between two adjacent protrusions of the at least two protrusions 66P. However, if needed and/or desired, only one of the first member 64 and the second member 66 may include a recess. If needed and/or desired, only the other of the first member 64 and the second member 66 may include a protrusion.

如圖11所見,在扭矩(譬如第四輸入扭矩T41)低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分64P建構成接合於凹陷66R中以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在扭矩(譬如第四輸入扭矩T41)等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分64P建構成從凹陷66R脫離以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第四扭矩T43。11 , when the torque (e.g., the fourth input torque T41) is lower than the torque threshold, the protrusion 64P is configured to engage in the recess 66R to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. When the torque (e.g., the fourth input torque T41) is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the protrusion 64P is configured to disengage from the recess 66R to transmit the fourth torque T43 between the first member 64 and the second member 66.

在扭矩(譬如第四輸入扭矩T41)低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分66P建構成接合於凹陷64R中以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在扭矩(譬如第四輸入扭矩T41)等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分66P建構成從凹陷64R脫離以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第四扭矩T43。When the torque (e.g., the fourth input torque T41) is lower than the torque threshold, the protrusion 66P is configured to engage in the recess 64R to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. When the torque (e.g., the fourth input torque T41) is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the protrusion 66P is configured to disengage from the recess 64R to transmit the fourth torque T43 between the first member 64 and the second member 66.

如圖15所見,凸出部分64P包括第一傾斜表面64PA和第二傾斜表面64PB。第一傾斜表面64PA和第二傾斜表面64PB至少部分界定凹陷64R。第一傾斜表面64PA是非平行且非垂直於限制器旋轉軸線A6。第二傾斜表面64PB是非平行且非垂直於限制器旋轉軸線A6。As shown in FIG15 , the protrusion 64P includes a first inclined surface 64PA and a second inclined surface 64PB. The first inclined surface 64PA and the second inclined surface 64PB at least partially define the recess 64R. The first inclined surface 64PA is non-parallel and non-perpendicular to the limiter rotation axis A6. The second inclined surface 64PB is non-parallel and non-perpendicular to the limiter rotation axis A6.

凸出部分66P包括第一傾斜表面66PA和第二傾斜表面66PB。第一傾斜表面66PA和第二傾斜表面66PB至少部分界定凹陷66R。第一傾斜表面66PA是非平行且非垂直於限制器旋轉軸線A6。第二傾斜表面66PB是非平行且非垂直於限制器旋轉軸線A6。The protrusion 66P includes a first inclined surface 66PA and a second inclined surface 66PB. The first inclined surface 66PA and the second inclined surface 66PB at least partially define the recess 66R. The first inclined surface 66PA is non-parallel and non-perpendicular to the limiter rotation axis A6. The second inclined surface 66PB is non-parallel and non-perpendicular to the limiter rotation axis A6.

第一傾斜表面64PA可接觸於第一傾斜表面66PA。第二傾斜表面64PB可接觸於第二傾斜表面66PB。在凸出部分64P設於凹陷66R中並且凸出部分66P設於凹陷64R中的狀態下,第一傾斜表面64PA接觸第一傾斜表面66PA。在凸出部分64P設於凹陷66R中並且凸出部分66P設於凹陷64R中的狀態下,第二傾斜表面64PB接觸第二傾斜表面66PB。The first inclined surface 64PA may contact the first inclined surface 66PA. The second inclined surface 64PB may contact the second inclined surface 66PB. In a state where the protrusion 64P is disposed in the recess 66R and the protrusion 66P is disposed in the recess 64R, the first inclined surface 64PA contacts the first inclined surface 66PA. In a state where the protrusion 64P is disposed in the recess 66R and the protrusion 66P is disposed in the recess 64R, the second inclined surface 64PB contacts the second inclined surface 66PB.

如圖15所見,第二構件66在平行於限制器旋轉軸線A6的軸向D1相對於第一構件64而可在第一位置P11和第二位置P12之間移動。舉例而言,第一位置P11和第二位置P12是基於凸出部分66P的末端所界定。然而,第一位置P11和第二位置P12可以基於第二構件66的另一部分來界定。As shown in FIG. 15 , the second member 66 is movable between a first position P11 and a second position P12 relative to the first member 64 in an axial direction D1 parallel to the limiter rotation axis A6. For example, the first position P11 and the second position P12 are defined based on the end of the protruding portion 66P. However, the first position P11 and the second position P12 may be defined based on another portion of the second member 66.

在第二構件66相對於第一構件64而在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分64P建構成接合於凹陷66R中以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在第二構件66相對於第一構件64而在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分66P建構成接合於凹陷64R中以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。特定而言,在第二構件66相對於第一構件64而在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分64P建構成至少部分設在凸出部分66P的相鄰二凸出部分之間以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在第二構件66相對於第一構件64而在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分66P建構成至少部分設在凸出部分64P的相鄰二凸出部分之間以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。更特定而言,在第二構件66相對於第一構件64而在第一位置P11的狀態下,第一傾斜表面64PA接觸第二傾斜表面66PA以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在第二構件66相對於第一構件64而在第一位置P11的狀態下,第一傾斜表面64PB接觸第二傾斜表面66PB以在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。When the second member 66 is at the first position P11 relative to the first member 64, the protrusion 64P is configured to engage in the recess 66R to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. When the second member 66 is at the first position P11 relative to the first member 64, the protrusion 66P is configured to engage in the recess 64R to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. Specifically, when the second member 66 is at the first position P11 relative to the first member 64, the protrusion 64P is configured to be at least partially disposed between two adjacent protrusions of the protrusion 66P to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. When the second member 66 is at the first position P11 relative to the first member 64, the protrusion 66P is configured to be at least partially disposed between two adjacent protrusions of the protrusion 64P to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. More specifically, when the second member 66 is at the first position P11 relative to the first member 64, the first inclined surface 64PA contacts the second inclined surface 66PA to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66. When the second member 66 is at the first position P11 relative to the first member 64, the first inclined surface 64PB contacts the second inclined surface 66PB to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 64 and the second member 66.

在第二構件66是在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分64P設於凹陷66R中。在第二構件66是在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分66P設於凹陷64R中。在扭矩不輸入至第一構件64和第二構件66的狀態下,第二構件66藉由偏壓構件78的偏壓力而維持在第一位置P11。When the second member 66 is in the first position P11, the protrusion 64P is disposed in the recess 66R. When the second member 66 is in the first position P11, the protrusion 66P is disposed in the recess 64R. When no torque is input to the first member 64 and the second member 66, the second member 66 is maintained in the first position P11 by the biasing force of the biasing member 78.

當扭矩輸入至第一構件64和第二構件66中的一者時,凸出部分64P之第一傾斜表面64PA和第二傾斜表面64PB中的一者在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下將凸出部分66P導引至凸出部分64P的軸向端以使凸出部分66P從凹陷64R脫離。也就是說,當扭矩輸入至第一構件64和第二構件66中的一者時,凸出部分64P之第一傾斜表面64PA和第二傾斜表面64PB中的一者在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下將凸出部分66P導引至凸出部分64P的軸向端,以將第二構件66從第一位置P11移動至第二位置P12而抵抗偏壓構件78的偏壓力。When torque is input to one of the first member 64 and the second member 66, one of the first inclined surface 64PA and the second inclined surface 64PB of the protruding portion 64P guides the protruding portion 66P to the axial end of the protruding portion 64P in a state where the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold so that the protruding portion 66P is separated from the recess 64R. That is, when torque is input to one of the first member 64 and the second member 66, one of the first inclined surface 64PA and the second inclined surface 64PB of the protruding portion 64P guides the protruding portion 66P to the axial end of the protruding portion 64P in a state where the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold so as to move the second member 66 from the first position P11 to the second position P12 against the biasing force of the biasing member 78.

在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分66P沿著凸出部分64P之第一傾斜表面64PA和第二傾斜表面64PB中的一者而從凸出部分64P的軸向端移動至凹陷66R內,而使第二構件66從第二位置P12移動至第一位置P11。在第一構件64和第二構件66中的一者接收等於或高於扭矩閾限的扭矩的同時,凸出部分66P重複地從凹陷64R脫離和接合於凹陷64R,而允許第一構件64和第二構件66相對於彼此而繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6來旋轉。In a state where the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the protrusion 66P moves from the axial end of the protrusion 64P to the recess 66R along one of the first inclined surface 64PA and the second inclined surface 64PB of the protrusion 64P, and the second member 66 moves from the second position P12 to the first position P11. While one of the first member 64 and the second member 66 receives a torque equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the protrusion 66P repeatedly disengages from and engages with the recess 64R, allowing the first member 64 and the second member 66 to rotate relative to each other about the limiter rotation axis A6.

在凸出部分66P和凹陷64R之間重複著脫離和接合的同時,第四扭矩T43在第一構件64和第二構件66之間傳輸。在第一構件64和第二構件66相對於彼此而旋轉的同時,第四扭矩T43取決於凸出部分64P、凸出部分66P、凹陷64R、凹陷66R所產生的旋轉阻力。舉例而言,第四扭矩T43實質為零。While the protrusion 66P and the recess 64R are repeatedly disengaged and engaged, the fourth torque T43 is transmitted between the first member 64 and the second member 66. While the first member 64 and the second member 66 rotate relative to each other, the fourth torque T43 depends on the rotational resistance generated by the protrusion 64P, the protrusion 66P, the recess 64R, and the recess 66R. For example, the fourth torque T43 is substantially zero.

扭矩限制器60的結構不限於示範的具體態樣。扭矩限制器60可以具有其他結構,例如摩擦扭矩限制器和滾珠離合器。The structure of the torque limiter 60 is not limited to the specific embodiment shown. The torque limiter 60 may have other structures, such as a friction torque limiter and a ball clutch.

如圖16所見,扭矩限制器60整個配置在馬達單元32的外殼38內。扭矩限制器60整個配置於外殼38的內部空間38S中。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,扭矩限制器60可以部分配置在馬達單元32的外殼38內。若需要及/或想要的話,扭矩限制器60可以部分配置於外殼38的內部空間38S中。As seen in FIG16 , the torque limiter 60 is entirely disposed within the housing 38 of the motor unit 32. The torque limiter 60 is entirely disposed within the interior space 38S of the housing 38. However, if necessary and/or desired, the torque limiter 60 may be partially disposed within the housing 38 of the motor unit 32. If necessary and/or desired, the torque limiter 60 may be partially disposed within the interior space 38S of the housing 38.

傳輸結構62具有傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7。於本具體態樣,限制器旋轉軸線A6不與傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7重合。限制器旋轉軸線A6偏移於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7。限制器旋轉軸線A6平行於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,限制器旋轉軸線A6可以非平行於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7。若需要及/或想要的話,限制器旋轉軸線A6可以與傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7重合。The transmission structure 62 has a transmission structure rotation axis A7. In this embodiment, the limiter rotation axis A6 does not coincide with the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The limiter rotation axis A6 is offset from the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The limiter rotation axis A6 is parallel to the transmission structure rotation axis A7. However, if needed and/or desired, the limiter rotation axis A6 can be non-parallel to the transmission structure rotation axis A7. If needed and/or desired, the limiter rotation axis A6 can coincide with the transmission structure rotation axis A7.

如圖17所見,傳輸結構62包括第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81。第一軸承環80緊固於外殼38。第二軸承環81沿著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而延伸。第二軸承環81繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7相對於第一軸承環80而可旋轉。第一軸承環80至少部分設於第二軸承環81的徑向往外。第二軸承環81至少部分設於第一軸承環80的徑向往內。As shown in FIG. 17 , the transmission structure 62 includes a first bearing ring 80 and a second bearing ring 81. The first bearing ring 80 is fixed to the housing 38. The second bearing ring 81 extends along the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The second bearing ring 81 is rotatable relative to the first bearing ring 80 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The first bearing ring 80 is at least partially disposed radially outward of the second bearing ring 81. The second bearing ring 81 is at least partially disposed radially inward of the first bearing ring 80.

第一軸承環80包括呈環形的外軸承環83。第二軸承環81包括內軸承環81A。內軸承環81A至少部分設於外軸承環83的徑向往內。第一軸承環80包括孔80H。第二軸承環81沿著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而延伸穿過孔80H。第二軸承環81包括桿部分81B。桿部分81B沿著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而從內軸承環81A延伸。桿部分81B沿著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而延伸穿過第一軸承環80的孔80H。The first bearing ring 80 includes an outer bearing ring 83 in an annular shape. The second bearing ring 81 includes an inner bearing ring 81A. The inner bearing ring 81A is at least partially disposed radially inward of the outer bearing ring 83. The first bearing ring 80 includes a hole 80H. The second bearing ring 81 extends through the hole 80H along the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The second bearing ring 81 includes a rod portion 81B. The rod portion 81B extends from the inner bearing ring 81A along the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The rod portion 81B extends through the hole 80H of the first bearing ring 80 along the transmission structure rotation axis A7.

傳輸結構62包括第一中間元件84。第一中間元件84至少部分設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。於本具體態樣,第一中間元件84整個設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第一中間元件84可以部分設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。The transmission structure 62 includes a first intermediate element 84. The first intermediate element 84 is at least partially disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. In this embodiment, the first intermediate element 84 is entirely disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. However, if needed and/or desired, the first intermediate element 84 can be partially disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81.

如圖18所見,第一中間元件84包括第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B。於本具體態樣,第一中間元件84包括至少二第一可旋轉構件84A和至少二第二可旋轉構件84B。第一可旋轉構件84A的總數為六。第二可旋轉構件84B的總數為六。第一可旋轉構件84A呈柱狀。第二可旋轉構件84B呈柱狀。As shown in FIG. 18 , the first intermediate element 84 includes a first rotatable member 84A and a second rotatable member 84B. In this embodiment, the first intermediate element 84 includes at least two first rotatable members 84A and at least two second rotatable members 84B. The total number of the first rotatable members 84A is six. The total number of the second rotatable members 84B is six. The first rotatable member 84A is cylindrical. The second rotatable member 84B is cylindrical.

然而,第一可旋轉構件84A的總數不限於六。第二可旋轉構件84B的總數不限於六。第一中間元件84的結構不限於第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B。若需要及/或想要的話,第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B中的一者可以從第一中間元件84省略。若需要及/或想要的話,第一可旋轉構件84A可以具有非柱狀的形狀。若需要及/或想要的話,第二可旋轉構件84B可以具有非柱狀的形狀。However, the total number of the first rotatable members 84A is not limited to six. The total number of the second rotatable members 84B is not limited to six. The structure of the first intermediate element 84 is not limited to the first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B. If necessary and/or desired, one of the first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B can be omitted from the first intermediate element 84. If necessary and/or desired, the first rotatable member 84A can have a non-columnar shape. If necessary and/or desired, the second rotatable member 84B can have a non-columnar shape.

第一可旋轉構件84A至少部分設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。第二可旋轉構件84B至少部分設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。於本具體態樣,第一可旋轉構件84A整個設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。第二可旋轉構件84B整個設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第一可旋轉構件84A可以部分設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。若需要及/或想要的話,第二可旋轉構件84B可以部分設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。The first rotatable member 84A is at least partially disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. The second rotatable member 84B is at least partially disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. In this embodiment, the first rotatable member 84A is entirely disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. The second rotatable member 84B is entirely disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. However, if needed and/or desired, the first rotatable member 84A can be partially disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. If needed and/or desired, the second rotatable member 84B can be partially disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81.

第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而在圓周方向D3做交替配置。第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B在圓周方向D3彼此隔開。The first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B are alternately arranged in the circumferential direction D3 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B are spaced apart from each other in the circumferential direction D3.

第一軸承環80包括內周表面80A。第二軸承環81包括至少二接觸表面81C。接觸表面81C的總數為六。接觸表面81C包括平坦表面。然而,接觸表面81C的總數不限於六。若需要及/或想要的話,接觸表面81C可以具有非平坦表面的形狀。The first bearing ring 80 includes an inner peripheral surface 80A. The second bearing ring 81 includes at least two contact surfaces 81C. The total number of the contact surfaces 81C is six. The contact surfaces 81C include flat surfaces. However, the total number of the contact surfaces 81C is not limited to six. If necessary and/or desired, the contact surface 81C may have a shape of a non-flat surface.

第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B設在第一軸承環80的內周表面80A和第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C之間。第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B可接觸第一軸承環80的內周表面80A和第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C。The first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B are provided between the inner peripheral surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80 and the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81. The first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B may contact the inner peripheral surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80 and the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81.

第一中間元件84包括至少一中間構件組84G,中間構件組84G是由第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B所構成。於本具體態樣,第一中間元件84包括六個中間構件組84G,各由第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B所構成。中間構件組84G至少部分設在第一軸承環80的內周表面80A和第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C之間。中間構件組84G在圓周方向D3彼此隔開。中間構件組84G分別對應於第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C。然而,由第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B所構成之中間構件組84G的總數不限於六。The first intermediate element 84 includes at least one intermediate member group 84G, and the intermediate member group 84G is composed of a first rotatable member 84A and a second rotatable member 84B. In this specific aspect, the first intermediate element 84 includes six intermediate member groups 84G, each of which is composed of a first rotatable member 84A and a second rotatable member 84B. The intermediate member group 84G is at least partially arranged between the inner circumferential surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80 and the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81. The intermediate member groups 84G are separated from each other in the circumferential direction D3. The intermediate member groups 84G correspond to the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81, respectively. However, the total number of the intermediate member groups 84G composed of the first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B is not limited to six.

傳輸結構62包括至少一偏壓元件85。偏壓元件85建構成偏壓第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B以使彼此移動離開。於本具體態樣,傳輸結構62包括至少二偏壓元件85。偏壓元件85設在中間構件組84G的第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B之間以偏壓第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B而使彼此移動離開。偏壓元件85的總數為六。偏壓元件85包括彈簧,例如線圈彈簧和葉片彈簧。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓元件85可以包括非彈簧的構件(譬如彈性構件,例如橡膠)。偏壓元件85的總數不限於六。The transmission structure 62 includes at least one biasing element 85. The biasing element 85 is configured to bias the first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B to move away from each other. In this embodiment, the transmission structure 62 includes at least two biasing elements 85. The biasing element 85 is disposed between the first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B of the intermediate member group 84G to bias the first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B to move away from each other. The total number of biasing elements 85 is six. The biasing element 85 includes a spring, such as a coil spring and a leaf spring. However, if necessary and/or desired, the biasing element 85 may include a non-spring member (e.g., an elastic member, such as rubber). The total number of bias elements 85 is not limited to six.

第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C包括第一圓周端81C1和第二圓周端81C2。接觸表面81C在第一圓周端81C1和第二圓周端81C2之間延伸。第一圓周端81C1比第二圓周端81C2更靠近第一可旋轉構件84A。第二圓周端81C2比第一圓周端81C1更靠近第二可旋轉構件84B。The contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81 includes a first circumferential end 81C1 and a second circumferential end 81C2. The contact surface 81C extends between the first circumferential end 81C1 and the second circumferential end 81C2. The first circumferential end 81C1 is closer to the first rotatable member 84A than the second circumferential end 81C2. The second circumferential end 81C2 is closer to the second rotatable member 84B than the first circumferential end 81C1.

第一徑向距離DS1徑向界定在第一軸承環80的內周表面80A和第二軸承環81之接觸表面81C的第一圓周端81C1之間。第二徑向距離DS2徑向界定在第一軸承環80的內周表面80A和第二軸承環81之接觸表面81C的第二圓周端81C2之間。第一可旋轉構件84A具有第一直徑DM1。第二可旋轉構件84B具有第二直徑DM2。第一徑向距離DS1比第一直徑DM1短。第二徑向距離DS2比第二直徑DM2短。The first radial distance DS1 is radially defined between the inner circumferential surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80 and the first circumferential end 81C1 of the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81. The second radial distance DS2 is radially defined between the inner circumferential surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80 and the second circumferential end 81C2 of the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81. The first rotatable member 84A has a first diameter DM1. The second rotatable member 84B has a second diameter DM2. The first radial distance DS1 is shorter than the first diameter DM1. The second radial distance DS2 is shorter than the second diameter DM2.

因為偏壓元件75有偏壓力,所以偏壓元件85偏壓第一可旋轉構件84A以保持第一可旋轉構件84A接觸第一軸承環80的內周表面80A和第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C。因為偏壓元件85有偏壓力,所以偏壓元件85偏壓第二可旋轉構件84B以保持第二可旋轉構件84B接觸第一軸承環80的內周表面80A和第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C。Because the biasing element 75 has a biasing force, the biasing element 85 biases the first rotatable member 84A to keep the first rotatable member 84A in contact with the inner peripheral surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80 and the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81. Because the biasing element 85 has a biasing force, the biasing element 85 biases the second rotatable member 84B to keep the second rotatable member 84B in contact with the inner peripheral surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80 and the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81.

如圖19所見,傳輸結構62包括第二中間元件86。第二中間元件86至少部分設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。於本具體態樣,第二中間元件86部分設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。然而,第二中間元件86可以整個設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。As shown in FIG19 , the transmission structure 62 includes a second intermediate element 86. The second intermediate element 86 is at least partially disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. In this embodiment, the second intermediate element 86 is partially disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. However, the second intermediate element 86 may be entirely disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81.

第二中間元件86繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7相對於第一軸承環80而可旋轉。第二中間元件86包括軸桿88。軸桿88沿著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而延伸。第二軸承環81包括支撐孔81H。軸桿88可旋轉地設於支撐孔81H中。The second intermediate element 86 is rotatable about the transmission structure rotation axis A7 relative to the first bearing ring 80. The second intermediate element 86 includes a shaft 88. The shaft 88 extends along the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The second bearing ring 81 includes a support hole 81H. The shaft 88 is rotatably disposed in the support hole 81H.

第二中間元件86包括耦合構件90。耦合構件90緊固於軸桿88。耦合構件90是與軸桿88分開的構件。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,耦合構件90可以與軸桿88一體設成一件式單元性構件。The second intermediate element 86 includes a coupling member 90. The coupling member 90 is fastened to the shaft 88. The coupling member 90 is a member separate from the shaft 88. However, if necessary and/or desired, the coupling member 90 can be integrally provided with the shaft 88 as a one-piece unitary member.

耦合構件90包括基座部分92、至少二中間部分94、至少二傳輸部分96。基座部分92緊固於軸桿88。基座部分92從軸桿88徑向往外延伸。中間部分94沿著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而從基座部分92延伸。中間部分94至少部分設在第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81之間。第二軸承環81包括至少二傳輸孔81D。傳輸部分96設於第二軸承環81的傳輸孔81D中。傳輸部分96可接觸於第二軸承環81以繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而在第二軸承環81和第二中間元件86之間傳輸旋轉。The coupling member 90 includes a base portion 92, at least two intermediate portions 94, and at least two transmission portions 96. The base portion 92 is fastened to the shaft 88. The base portion 92 extends radially outward from the shaft 88. The intermediate portion 94 extends from the base portion 92 along the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The intermediate portion 94 is at least partially disposed between the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81. The second bearing ring 81 includes at least two transmission holes 81D. The transmission portion 96 is disposed in the transmission hole 81D of the second bearing ring 81. The transmission portion 96 can contact the second bearing ring 81 to transmit rotation between the second bearing ring 81 and the second intermediate member 86 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7.

如圖18所見,中間部分94的總數為六。傳輸部分96的總數為六。傳輸孔81D的總數為六。然而,中間部分94的總數不限於六。傳輸部分96的總數不限於六。傳輸孔81D的總數不限於六。As shown in FIG. 18 , the total number of the intermediate portions 94 is six. The total number of the transmission portions 96 is six. The total number of the transmission holes 81D is six. However, the total number of the intermediate portions 94 is not limited to six. The total number of the transmission portions 96 is not limited to six. The total number of the transmission holes 81D is not limited to six.

中間部分94至少部分設在圓周方向D3之中間構件組84G的相鄰二組之間。中間部分94至少部分設在圓周方向D3之某一中間構件組84G的第一可旋轉構件84A和另一中間構件組84G的第二可旋轉構件84B之間。The middle portion 94 is at least partially disposed between two adjacent middle member groups 84G in the circumferential direction D3. The middle portion 94 is at least partially disposed between the first rotatable member 84A of one middle member group 84G and the second rotatable member 84B of another middle member group 84G in the circumferential direction D3.

於本具體態樣,基座部分92、至少二中間部分94、至少二傳輸部分96彼此一體設為一件式單元性構件。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,基座部分92、至少二中間部分94、至少二傳輸部分96中的至少一者可以是與基座部分92、至少二中間部分94、至少二傳輸部分96中之另一者分開的構件。In the present embodiment, the base portion 92, the at least two middle portions 94, and the at least two transmission portions 96 are integrally formed as a one-piece unitary component. However, if necessary and/or desired, at least one of the base portion 92, the at least two middle portions 94, and the at least two transmission portions 96 can be a separate component from another of the base portion 92, the at least two middle portions 94, and the at least two transmission portions 96.

如圖20所見,第二中間元件86繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7相對於第二軸承環81而可從第一圓周方向D21上的中性位置P20旋轉至第一旋轉位置P21。如圖21所見,第二中間元件86繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7相對於第二軸承環81而可從異於第一圓周方向D21之第二圓周方向D22的中性位置P20旋轉至第二旋轉位置P22。於本具體態樣,第二圓周方向D22是與第一圓周方向D21相反的方向。然而,第二圓周方向D22可以是異於第一圓周方向D21之相反方向的方向。As shown in FIG. 20 , the second intermediate element 86 can rotate from a neutral position P20 in the first circumferential direction D21 to a first rotation position P21 relative to the second bearing ring 81 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7. As shown in FIG. 21 , the second intermediate element 86 can rotate from a neutral position P20 in a second circumferential direction D22 different from the first circumferential direction D21 to a second rotation position P22 relative to the second bearing ring 81 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7. In this embodiment, the second circumferential direction D22 is a direction opposite to the first circumferential direction D21. However, the second circumferential direction D22 may be a direction opposite to the first circumferential direction D21.

如圖18、20、21所見,傳輸部分96可接觸於傳輸孔81D的內周表面。如圖18所見,在第二中間元件86是在中性位置P20的起始狀態下,傳輸部分96與傳輸孔81D的內周表面隔開。如圖20所見,在第二中間元件86是在第一旋轉位置P21的第一旋轉狀態下,傳輸部分96接觸傳輸孔81D的內周表面。如圖21所見,在第二中間元件86是在第二旋轉位置P22的第二旋轉狀態下,傳輸部分96接觸傳輸孔81D的內周表面。As shown in Figures 18, 20, and 21, the transmission portion 96 can contact the inner peripheral surface of the transmission hole 81D. As shown in Figure 18, when the second intermediate element 86 is in the initial state of the neutral position P20, the transmission portion 96 is separated from the inner peripheral surface of the transmission hole 81D. As shown in Figure 20, when the second intermediate element 86 is in the first rotation state of the first rotation position P21, the transmission portion 96 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the transmission hole 81D. As shown in Figure 21, when the second intermediate element 86 is in the second rotation state of the second rotation position P22, the transmission portion 96 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the transmission hole 81D.

如圖18、20、21所見,中間部分94可接觸於第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B中的每一者。如圖18所見,在第二中間元件86是在中性位置P20的起始狀態下,中間部分94與第一可旋轉構件84A和第二可旋轉構件84B中的每一者隔開。如圖20所見,在第二中間元件86是在第一旋轉位置P21的第一旋轉狀態下,中間部分94接觸第一可旋轉構件84A。如圖21所見,在第二中間元件86是在第二旋轉位置P22的第二旋轉狀態下,中間部分94接觸第二可旋轉構件84B。As shown in Figures 18, 20, and 21, the middle portion 94 can contact each of the first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B. As shown in Figure 18, when the second intermediate element 86 is in the initial state of the neutral position P20, the middle portion 94 is separated from each of the first rotatable member 84A and the second rotatable member 84B. As shown in Figure 20, when the second intermediate element 86 is in the first rotation state of the first rotation position P21, the middle portion 94 contacts the first rotatable member 84A. As shown in Figure 21, when the second intermediate element 86 is in the second rotation state of the second rotation position P22, the middle portion 94 contacts the second rotatable member 84B.

如圖18所見,當第二軸承環81接收在第一圓周方向D21具有第二輸入扭矩T21的第一旋轉力F11時,第一中間元件84建構成限制第二軸承環81勿相對於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7在第一圓周方向D21而相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。當第二軸承環81接收在第二圓周方向D22具有第二輸入扭矩T21的第二旋轉力F12時,第一中間元件84建構成限制第二軸承環81勿相對於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7在第二圓周方向D22而相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。As shown in FIG. 18 , when the second bearing ring 81 receives the first rotational force F11 having the second input torque T21 in the first circumferential direction D21, the first intermediate element 84 is configured to restrict the second bearing ring 81 from rotating relative to the transmission structure rotation axis A7 in the first circumferential direction D21 and relative to the first bearing ring 80. When the second bearing ring 81 receives the second rotational force F12 having the second input torque T21 in the second circumferential direction D22, the first intermediate element 84 is configured to restrict the second bearing ring 81 from rotating relative to the transmission structure rotation axis A7 in the second circumferential direction D22 and relative to the first bearing ring 80.

第一中間元件84建構成移動朝向第一軸承環80,以回應於第一中間元件84相對於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而在第一圓周方向D21被第二軸承環81推。第一中間元件84建構成移動朝向第一軸承環80,以回應於第一中間元件84在異於第一圓周方向D21的第二圓周方向D22被第二軸承環81推。在第二軸承環81推第一中間元件84而第二中間元件86沒推第一中間元件84的狀態下,第一中間元件84建構成與第一軸承環80一起旋轉。在第二軸承環81推第一中間元件84而第二中間元件86沒推第一中間元件84的狀態下,由於第一軸承環80緊固於馬達單元32的外殼38,故第一軸承環80和第一中間元件84相對於外殼38 (譬如見圖16)而是靜止的。The first intermediate element 84 is configured to move toward the first bearing ring 80 in response to the first intermediate element 84 being pushed by the second bearing ring 81 in the first circumferential direction D21 relative to the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The first intermediate element 84 is configured to move toward the first bearing ring 80 in response to the first intermediate element 84 being pushed by the second bearing ring 81 in the second circumferential direction D22 different from the first circumferential direction D21. In a state where the second bearing ring 81 pushes the first intermediate element 84 and the second intermediate element 86 does not push the first intermediate element 84, the first intermediate element 84 is configured to rotate together with the first bearing ring 80. When the second bearing ring 81 pushes the first intermediate element 84 and the second intermediate element 86 does not push the first intermediate element 84, since the first bearing ring 80 is fastened to the outer housing 38 of the motor unit 32, the first bearing ring 80 and the first intermediate element 84 are stationary relative to the outer housing 38 (see, for example, FIG. 16 ).

當第二軸承環81接收第一圓周方向D21的第一旋轉力F11時,第一可旋轉構件84A建構成限制第二軸承環81勿相對於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7在第一圓周方向D21而相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。當第二軸承環81接收第二圓周方向D22的第二旋轉力F12時,第二可旋轉構件84B建構成限制第二軸承環81勿相對於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7在第二圓周方向D22而相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。When the second bearing ring 81 receives the first rotational force F11 in the first circumferential direction D21, the first rotatable component 84A is configured to restrict the second bearing ring 81 from rotating relative to the transmission structure rotation axis A7 in the first circumferential direction D21 and relative to the first bearing ring 80. When the second bearing ring 81 receives the second rotational force F12 in the second circumferential direction D22, the second rotatable component 84B is configured to restrict the second bearing ring 81 from rotating relative to the transmission structure rotation axis A7 in the second circumferential direction D22 and relative to the first bearing ring 80.

如圖18所見,當第二軸承環81接收第一圓周方向D21的第一旋轉力F11時,第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C建構成將第一可旋轉構件84A壓靠著第一軸承環80的內周表面80A。當第二軸承環81接收第一圓周方向D21的第一旋轉力F11時,第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81被第一可旋轉構件84A鎖定。當第二軸承環81接收第一圓周方向D21的第一旋轉力F11時,第一可旋轉構件84A建構成限制第二軸承環81勿繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7在第一圓周方向D21而相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。因此,緊固於外殼38 (譬如見圖16)的第一軸承環80接收傳輸至第二軸承環81的第一旋轉力F11。As shown in FIG18 , when the second bearing ring 81 receives the first rotational force F11 in the first circumferential direction D21, the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81 is configured to press the first rotatable member 84A against the inner circumferential surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80. When the second bearing ring 81 receives the first rotational force F11 in the first circumferential direction D21, the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81 are locked by the first rotatable member 84A. When the second bearing ring 81 receives the first rotational force F11 in the first circumferential direction D21, the first rotatable member 84A is configured to restrict the second bearing ring 81 from rotating relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the first circumferential direction D21 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7. Therefore, the first bearing ring 80 fastened to the housing 38 (see, for example, FIG. 16 ) receives the first rotational force F11 transmitted to the second bearing ring 81.

當第二軸承環81接收第二圓周方向D22的第二旋轉力F12時,第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C建構成將第二可旋轉構件84B壓靠著第一軸承環80的內周表面80A。當第二軸承環81接收第二圓周方向D22的第二旋轉力F12時,第一軸承環80和第二軸承環81被第二可旋轉構件84B鎖定。當第二軸承環81接收第二圓周方向D22的第二旋轉力F12時,第二可旋轉構件84B建構成限制第二軸承環81勿繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7在第二圓周方向D22而相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。因此,緊固於外殼38 (譬如見圖16)的第一軸承環80接收傳輸至第二軸承環81的第二旋轉力F12。When the second bearing ring 81 receives the second rotational force F12 in the second circumferential direction D22, the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81 is configured to press the second rotatable member 84B against the inner circumferential surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80. When the second bearing ring 81 receives the second rotational force F12 in the second circumferential direction D22, the first bearing ring 80 and the second bearing ring 81 are locked by the second rotatable member 84B. When the second bearing ring 81 receives the second rotational force F12 in the second circumferential direction D22, the second rotatable member 84B is configured to restrict the second bearing ring 81 from rotating relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the second circumferential direction D22 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7. Therefore, the first bearing ring 80 fastened to the housing 38 (see, for example, FIG. 16 ) receives the second rotational force F12 transmitted to the second bearing ring 81.

當第二軸承環81接收第二圓周方向D22的第二旋轉力F12時,第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C建構成不將第一可旋轉構件84A壓靠著第一軸承環80的內周表面80A。當第二軸承環81接收第二圓周方向D22的第二旋轉力F12時,第一可旋轉構件84A建構成不限制第二軸承環81勿繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7在第二圓周方向D22而相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。When the second bearing ring 81 receives the second rotational force F12 in the second circumferential direction D22, the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81 is configured not to press the first rotatable member 84A against the inner circumferential surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80. When the second bearing ring 81 receives the second rotational force F12 in the second circumferential direction D22, the first rotatable member 84A is configured not to restrict the second bearing ring 81 from rotating relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the second circumferential direction D22 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7.

當第二軸承環81接收第一圓周方向D21的第一旋轉力F11時,第二軸承環81的接觸表面81C建構成不將第二可旋轉構件84B壓靠著第一軸承環80的內周表面80A。當第二軸承環81接收第一圓周方向D21的第一旋轉力F11時,第二可旋轉構件84B建構成限制第二軸承環81勿繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7在第一圓周方向D21而相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。When the second bearing ring 81 receives the first rotational force F11 in the first circumferential direction D21, the contact surface 81C of the second bearing ring 81 is configured not to press the second rotatable member 84B against the inner circumferential surface 80A of the first bearing ring 80. When the second bearing ring 81 receives the first rotational force F11 in the first circumferential direction D21, the second rotatable member 84B is configured to restrict the second bearing ring 81 from rotating relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the first circumferential direction D21 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7.

如圖20所見,第一中間元件84建構成移動離開第一軸承環80,以回應於第一中間元件84在第一圓周方向D21被第二中間元件86推。在第二中間元件86推第一中間元件84而第二軸承環81沒推第一中間元件84的狀態下,第一中間元件84建構成相對於第一軸承環80而旋轉。第一中間元件84建構成相對於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而徑向往內移動,以回應於第一中間元件84在第一圓周方向D21被第二中間元件86推。As shown in FIG. 20 , the first intermediate element 84 is configured to move away from the first bearing ring 80 in response to the first intermediate element 84 being pushed by the second intermediate element 86 in the first circumferential direction D21. In a state where the second intermediate element 86 pushes the first intermediate element 84 and the second bearing ring 81 does not push the first intermediate element 84, the first intermediate element 84 is configured to rotate relative to the first bearing ring 80. The first intermediate element 84 is configured to move radially inward relative to the transmission structure rotation axis A7 in response to the first intermediate element 84 being pushed by the second intermediate element 86 in the first circumferential direction D21.

當第二中間元件86接收在第一圓周方向D21具有第一輸入扭矩T11的第一旋轉力F21時,第二中間元件86建構成在第一圓周方向D21相對於第二軸承環81而移動第一中間元件84,以允許第二軸承環81連同第二中間元件86而在第一圓周方向D21相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。當第二中間元件86接收第一圓周方向D21的第一旋轉力F21時,第一中間元件84建構成在第一圓周方向D21繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而相對於第一軸承環80以與第二軸承環81和第二中間元件86一起旋轉。When the second intermediate element 86 receives the first rotational force F21 having the first input torque T11 in the first circumferential direction D21, the second intermediate element 86 is configured to move the first intermediate element 84 relative to the second bearing ring 81 in the first circumferential direction D21 to allow the second bearing ring 81 to rotate relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the first circumferential direction D21 together with the second intermediate element 86. When the second intermediate element 86 receives the first rotational force F21 in the first circumferential direction D21, the first intermediate element 84 is configured to rotate together with the second bearing ring 81 and the second intermediate element 86 relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the first circumferential direction D21 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7.

第二中間元件86的中間部分94建構成在第一圓周方向D21相對於第二軸承環81而移動第一可旋轉構件84A,以回應於第二中間元件86在第一圓周方向D21從中性位置P20往第一旋轉位置P21的第一旋轉。第二中間元件86的傳輸部分96建構成在第一圓周方向D21相對於第一軸承環80而旋轉第二軸承環81,以回應於第二中間元件86在第一圓周方向D21從第一旋轉位置P21的第一旋轉。當第二中間元件86接收在第一圓周方向D21具有第一輸入扭矩T11的第一旋轉力F21時,第二軸承環81、第一中間元件84、第二中間元件86在第一圓周方向D21相對於第一軸承環80而旋轉。The middle portion 94 of the second intermediate element 86 is configured to move the first rotatable member 84A relative to the second bearing ring 81 in the first circumferential direction D21 in response to the first rotation of the second intermediate element 86 from the neutral position P20 to the first rotation position P21 in the first circumferential direction D21. The transmission portion 96 of the second intermediate element 86 is configured to rotate the second bearing ring 81 relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the first circumferential direction D21 in response to the first rotation of the second intermediate element 86 from the first rotation position P21 in the first circumferential direction D21. When the second intermediate element 86 receives the first rotational force F21 having the first input torque T11 in the first circumferential direction D21, the second bearing ring 81, the first intermediate element 84, and the second intermediate element 86 rotate relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the first circumferential direction D21.

如圖21所見,第一中間元件84建構成移動離開第一軸承環80,以回應於第一中間元件84在異於第一圓周方向D21的第二圓周方向D22被第二中間元件86推。在第二中間元件86推第一中間元件84而第二軸承環81沒推第一中間元件84的狀態下,第一中間元件84建構成相對於第一軸承環80而旋轉。第一中間元件84建構成相對於傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而徑向往內移動,以回應於第一中間元件84在第二圓周方向D22被第二中間元件86推。As shown in FIG. 21 , the first intermediate element 84 is configured to move away from the first bearing ring 80 in response to the first intermediate element 84 being pushed by the second intermediate element 86 in the second circumferential direction D22 different from the first circumferential direction D21. In a state where the second intermediate element 86 pushes the first intermediate element 84 and the second bearing ring 81 does not push the first intermediate element 84, the first intermediate element 84 is configured to rotate relative to the first bearing ring 80. The first intermediate element 84 is configured to move radially inward relative to the transmission structure rotation axis A7 in response to the first intermediate element 84 being pushed by the second intermediate element 86 in the second circumferential direction D22.

當第二中間元件86接收在第二圓周方向D22具有第一輸入扭矩T11的第二旋轉力F22時,第二中間元件86建構成在第二圓周方向D22相對於第二軸承環81而移動第一中間元件84,以允許第二軸承環81連同第二中間元件86而在第二圓周方向D22相對於第一軸承環80來旋轉。當第二中間元件86接收第二圓周方向D22的第二旋轉力F22時,第一中間元件84建構成在第二圓周方向D22繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7而相對於第一軸承環80以與第二軸承環81和第二中間元件86一起旋轉。When the second intermediate element 86 receives the second rotational force F22 having the first input torque T11 in the second circumferential direction D22, the second intermediate element 86 is configured to move the first intermediate element 84 relative to the second bearing ring 81 in the second circumferential direction D22 to allow the second bearing ring 81 to rotate relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the second circumferential direction D22 together with the second intermediate element 86. When the second intermediate element 86 receives the second rotational force F22 in the second circumferential direction D22, the first intermediate element 84 is configured to rotate relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the second circumferential direction D22 around the transmission structure rotation axis A7.

第二中間元件86的中間部分94建構成在第二圓周方向D22相對於第二軸承環81而移動第二可旋轉構件84B,以回應於第二中間元件86在第二圓周方向D22從中性位置P20往第二旋轉位置P22的第二旋轉。第二中間元件86的傳輸部分96建構成在第二圓周方向D22相對於第一軸承環80而旋轉第二軸承環81,以回應於第二中間元件86在第二圓周方向D22從第二旋轉位置P22的第二旋轉。當第二中間元件86接收在第二圓周方向D22具有第一輸入扭矩T11的第二旋轉力F22時,第二軸承環81、第一中間元件84、第二中間元件86在第二圓周方向D22相對於第一軸承環80而旋轉。The middle portion 94 of the second intermediate element 86 is configured to move the second rotatable member 84B relative to the second bearing ring 81 in the second circumferential direction D22 in response to the second rotation of the second intermediate element 86 from the neutral position P20 to the second rotation position P22 in the second circumferential direction D22. The transmission portion 96 of the second intermediate element 86 is configured to rotate the second bearing ring 81 relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the second circumferential direction D22 in response to the second rotation of the second intermediate element 86 from the second rotation position P22 in the second circumferential direction D22. When the second intermediate element 86 receives the second rotational force F22 having the first input torque T11 in the second circumferential direction D22, the second bearing ring 81, the first intermediate element 84, and the second intermediate element 86 rotate relative to the first bearing ring 80 in the second circumferential direction D22.

如圖8、20、21所見,在傳輸結構62在第一負載方向LD1傳輸扭矩的狀態下,傳輸結構62建構成基於輸出軸桿54A的旋轉方向而在多個旋轉方向來傳輸扭矩。多個旋轉方向是繞著傳輸結構旋轉軸線A7所界定。多個旋轉方向包括第一圓周方向D21和第二圓周方向D22。在傳輸結構62在第一負載方向LD1傳輸第一扭矩T1的狀態下,傳輸結構62建構成基於輸出軸桿54A的第一旋轉方向D31而在第一圓周方向D21傳輸第一扭矩T1。在傳輸結構62在第一負載方向LD1傳輸第一扭矩T1的狀態下,傳輸結構62建構成基於輸出軸桿54A的第二旋轉方向D32而在第二圓周方向D22傳輸第一扭矩T1。第二旋轉方向D32是與第一旋轉方向D31相反的方向。As shown in FIGS. 8, 20, and 21, when the transmission structure 62 transmits torque in the first load direction LD1, the transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit torque in multiple rotational directions based on the rotational direction of the output shaft 54A. The multiple rotational directions are defined around the transmission structure rotation axis A7. The multiple rotational directions include a first circumferential direction D21 and a second circumferential direction D22. When the transmission structure 62 transmits the first torque T1 in the first load direction LD1, the transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 in the first circumferential direction D21 based on the first rotational direction D31 of the output shaft 54A. When the transmission structure 62 transmits the first torque T1 in the first load direction LD1, the transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 in the second circumferential direction D22 based on the second rotation direction D32 of the output shaft 54A. The second rotation direction D32 is opposite to the first rotation direction D31.

如圖16所見,馬達單元32進一步包含偵測物件100。馬達單元32包含偵測器102,建構成偵測偵測物件100。偵測物件100建構成由偵測器102所偵測。偵測器102建構成偵測偵測物件100的位置。偵測物件100耦合於支撐軸桿67以繞著限制器旋轉軸線A6而連同支撐軸桿67來旋轉。偵測器102建構成偵測偵測物件100的旋轉位置。因此,偵測器102建構成偵測扭矩限制器60之支撐軸桿67的旋轉位置。支撐軸桿67的旋轉位置對應於可動構件14的位置和撥鏈器RD的齒輪位置。因此,偵測器102建構成偵測可動構件14的位置和撥鏈器RD的齒輪位置。As seen in FIG. 16 , the motor unit 32 further includes a detection object 100. The motor unit 32 includes a detector 102 configured to detect the detection object 100. The detection object 100 is configured to be detected by the detector 102. The detector 102 is configured to detect the position of the detection object 100. The detection object 100 is coupled to the support shaft 67 to rotate together with the support shaft 67 around the limiter rotation axis A6. The detector 102 is configured to detect the rotation position of the detection object 100. Therefore, the detector 102 is configured to detect the rotation position of the support shaft 67 of the torque limiter 60. The rotational position of the support shaft 67 corresponds to the position of the movable member 14 and the gear position of the retractor RD. Therefore, the detector 102 is configured to detect the position of the movable member 14 and the gear position of the retractor RD.

於本具體態樣,偵測器102包括非接觸偵測器,例如編碼器。編碼器的範例包括磁感應器(譬如霍爾感應器)和光學感應器(譬如光感應器)。偵測物件100包括磁性本體(譬如磁石)和發光器(譬如發光二極體[light emitting diode,LED])。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,偵測器102可以包括接觸偵測器。偵測物件100可以包括非磁性本體或發光器的部分。In this embodiment, the detector 102 includes a non-contact detector, such as an encoder. Examples of encoders include magnetic sensors (such as Hall sensors) and optical sensors (such as photo sensors). The detection object 100 includes a magnetic body (such as a magnet) and a light emitter (such as a light emitting diode [LED]). However, if necessary and/or desired, the detector 102 may include a contact detector. The detection object 100 may include a portion of a non-magnetic body or light emitter.

如圖8所見,偵測物件100在動力傳輸路徑TP上相對於傳輸結構62而設在下游側。偵測物件100在動力傳輸路徑TP上相對於扭矩限制器60而設在下游側。偵測物件100在第一負載方向LD1、在動力傳輸路徑TP上相對於傳輸結構62而設在下游側。偵測物件100在第一負載方向LD1、在動力傳輸路徑TP上相對於扭矩限制器60而設在下游側。As shown in FIG8 , the detection object 100 is disposed on the downstream side of the power transmission path TP relative to the transmission structure 62. The detection object 100 is disposed on the downstream side of the power transmission path TP relative to the torque limiter 60. The detection object 100 is disposed on the downstream side of the power transmission path TP relative to the transmission structure 62 in the first load direction LD1. The detection object 100 is disposed on the downstream side of the power transmission path TP relative to the torque limiter 60 in the first load direction LD1.

如圖22所見,馬達單元32包括電子控制器104、馬達驅動器106、通訊器108、告知裝置110、電開關SW。電子控制器104電連接至偵測器102、馬達驅動器106、通訊器108、告知裝置110。電源供應器附接結構34電連接至偵測器102、電子控制器104、馬達驅動器106、通訊器108、告知裝置110。電力來源36經由電源供應器附接結構34而電連接至偵測器102、電子控制器104、馬達驅動器106、通訊器108、告知裝置110,以經由電源供應器附接結構34而供電給偵測器102、電子控制器104、馬達驅動器106、通訊器108、告知裝置110。As shown in FIG22 , the motor unit 32 includes an electronic controller 104, a motor driver 106, a communicator 108, a notification device 110, and an electric switch SW. The electronic controller 104 is electrically connected to the detector 102, the motor driver 106, the communicator 108, and the notification device 110. The power supply attachment structure 34 is electrically connected to the detector 102, the electronic controller 104, the motor driver 106, the communicator 108, and the notification device 110. The power source 36 is electrically connected to the detector 102 , the electronic controller 104 , the motor driver 106 , the communicator 108 , and the notification device 110 via the power supply attachment structure 34 , so as to supply power to the detector 102 , the electronic controller 104 , the motor driver 106 , the communicator 108 , and the notification device 110 via the power supply attachment structure 34 .

如圖22所見,電子控制器104包括處理器104P、記憶體104M、電路板104C、匯流排104D。處理器104P和記憶體104M電安裝在電路板104C上。處理器104P和記憶體104M經由匯流排104D而電連接至電路板104C。處理器104P經由電路板104C和匯流排104D而電連接至記憶體104M。As shown in FIG22 , the electronic controller 104 includes a processor 104P, a memory 104M, a circuit board 104C, and a bus 104D. The processor 104P and the memory 104M are electrically mounted on the circuit board 104C. The processor 104P and the memory 104M are electrically connected to the circuit board 104C via the bus 104D. The processor 104P is electrically connected to the memory 104M via the circuit board 104C and the bus 104D.

舉例而言,處理器104P包括中央處理單元(central processing unit,CPU)、微處理單元(micro processing unit,MPU)、記憶體控制器中的至少一者。記憶體104M電連接至處理器104P。舉例而言,記憶體104M包括揮發性記憶體和非揮發性記憶體中的至少一者。揮發性記憶體的範例包括隨機存取記憶體(random-access memory,RAM)和動態隨機存取記憶體(dynamic random-access memory,DRAM)。非揮發性記憶體的範例包括唯讀記憶體(read only memory,ROM)、可電抹除程式化ROM (electrically erasable programable ROM,EEPROM)、硬式磁碟機(hard disc drive,HDD)。記憶體104M包括各具有位址的儲存區域。處理器104P建構成控制記憶體104M以在記憶體104M的儲存區域儲存資料且從記憶體104M的儲存區域讀取資料。處理器104P也可以稱為硬體處理器104P。記憶體104M也可以稱為硬體記憶體104M。記憶體104M也可以稱為電腦可讀取的儲存媒體104M。For example, the processor 104P includes at least one of a central processing unit (CPU), a micro processing unit (MPU), and a memory controller. The memory 104M is electrically connected to the processor 104P. For example, the memory 104M includes at least one of a volatile memory and a non-volatile memory. Examples of volatile memory include random-access memory (RAM) and dynamic random-access memory (DRAM). Examples of non-volatile memory include read only memory (ROM), electrically erasable programmable ROM (EEPROM), and a hard disc drive (HDD). The memory 104M includes storage areas each having an address. The processor 104P is configured to control the memory 104M to store data in the storage area of the memory 104M and read data from the storage area of the memory 104M. The processor 104P may also be referred to as a hardware processor 104P. The memory 104M may also be referred to as a hardware memory 104M. The memory 104M may also be referred to as a computer-readable storage medium 104M.

電子控制器104經程式化以執行撥鏈器RD的至少一控制演算法。記憶體104M (譬如ROM)儲存至少一程式,包括至少一程式指令。至少一程式被讀入處理器104P中,而基於至少一程式以藉此執行撥鏈器RD的至少一控制演算法。電子控制器104也可以稱為電子控制器電路104。電子控制器104也可以稱為硬體電子控制器104。The electronic controller 104 is programmed to execute at least one control algorithm of the dialer RD. The memory 104M (such as ROM) stores at least one program, including at least one program instruction. The at least one program is read into the processor 104P, and based on the at least one program, at least one control algorithm of the dialer RD is executed. The electronic controller 104 can also be called an electronic controller circuit 104. The electronic controller 104 can also be called a hardware electronic controller 104.

電子控制器104的結構不限於以上結構。電子控制器104的結構不限於處理器104P、記憶體104M、匯流排104D。電子控制器104可以由硬體單獨或硬體和軟體的組合來實現。處理器104P和記憶體104M可以整合成一晶片,例如特用積體電路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)或可場程式化閘陣列(field programable gate array,FPGA)。The structure of the electronic controller 104 is not limited to the above structure. The structure of the electronic controller 104 is not limited to the processor 104P, the memory 104M, and the bus 104D. The electronic controller 104 can be implemented by hardware alone or a combination of hardware and software. The processor 104P and the memory 104M can be integrated into a chip, such as an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or a field programmable gate array (FPGA).

通訊器108建構成與其他裝置(例如操作裝置3和4、撥鏈器FD)通訊。通訊器108包括無線通訊器WC。電子控制器104電連接至無線通訊器WC以控制無線通訊器WC。電子控制器104建構成控制無線通訊器WC以執行無線通訊器WC與操作裝置3和4及撥鏈器FD的其他無線通訊器之間的配對。The communicator 108 is configured to communicate with other devices (e.g., operating devices 3 and 4, dialer FD). The communicator 108 includes a wireless communicator WC. The electronic controller 104 is electrically connected to the wireless communicator WC to control the wireless communicator WC. The electronic controller 104 is configured to control the wireless communicator WC to perform pairing between the wireless communicator WC and other wireless communicators such as the operating devices 3 and 4 and the dialer FD.

無線通訊器WC以電路板104C和匯流排104D而電連接至處理器104P和記憶體104M。無線通訊器WC包括訊號發送電路和訊號接收電路。因此,無線通訊器WC也可以稱為無線通訊器電路WC。The wireless communicator WC is electrically connected to the processor 104P and the memory 104M via the circuit board 104C and the bus 104D. The wireless communicator WC includes a signal transmission circuit and a signal reception circuit. Therefore, the wireless communicator WC may also be referred to as a wireless communicator circuit WC.

無線通訊器WC建構成使用預定的無線通訊協定而將數位訊號疊加在載波上以無線傳輸訊號。於第一具體態樣,無線通訊器WC建構成使用密碼金鑰而將訊號加密以產生加密無線訊號。無線通訊器WC包括至少一天線。無線通訊器WC建構成經由至少一天線來傳輸無線訊號。無線通訊器WC可以包括至少二天線。在無線通訊器WC包括至少二天線的情形,無線通訊器WC可以建構成經由至少二天線中的一者而與自行車2的另一裝置無線通訊,並且經由至少二天線中的另一者而與無線裝置(例如智慧型電話、平板電腦、個人電腦)無線通訊。The wireless communicator WC is constructed to use a predetermined wireless communication protocol to superimpose a digital signal on a carrier to transmit the signal wirelessly. In a first specific embodiment, the wireless communicator WC is constructed to encrypt the signal using a password key to generate an encrypted wireless signal. The wireless communicator WC includes at least one antenna. The wireless communicator WC is constructed to transmit a wireless signal via at least one antenna. The wireless communicator WC may include at least two antennas. In the case where the wireless communicator WC includes at least two antennas, the wireless communicator WC can be constructed to wirelessly communicate with another device of the bicycle 2 via one of the at least two antennas, and to wirelessly communicate with a wireless device (e.g., a smart phone, a tablet computer, a personal computer) via the other of the at least two antennas.

無線通訊器WC建構成經由天線來接收無線訊號。於第一具體態樣,無線通訊器WC建構成將無線訊號解碼以識別由其他無線通訊器所傳輸的訊號。無線通訊器WC建構成使用密碼金鑰而將無線訊號解密。The wireless communicator WC is configured to receive wireless signals via an antenna. In a first embodiment, the wireless communicator WC is configured to decode the wireless signals to identify signals transmitted by other wireless communicators. The wireless communicator WC is configured to decrypt the wireless signals using a cryptographic key.

操作裝置3建構成產生控制訊號以回應於使用者輸入。舉例而言,操作裝置3包括第一電開關、第一額外電開關、第一通訊器。第一電開關建構成接收第一使用者輸入。第一額外電開關建構成接收第一額外使用者輸入。第一通訊器建構成無線傳輸控制訊號CS11,以回應於第一電開關所接收的第一使用者輸入。第一通訊器建構成無線傳輸控制訊號CS12,以回應於第一額外電開關所接收的第一額外使用者輸入。舉例而言,控制訊號CS11指示撥鏈器RD的升檔。控制訊號CS12指示撥鏈器RD的降檔。若需要及/或想要的話,操作裝置3可以建構成經由電纜來傳輸控制訊號。The operating device 3 is configured to generate a control signal in response to a user input. For example, the operating device 3 includes a first electrical switch, a first additional electrical switch, and a first communicator. The first electrical switch is configured to receive a first user input. The first additional electrical switch is configured to receive a first additional user input. The first communicator is configured to wirelessly transmit a control signal CS11 in response to the first user input received by the first electrical switch. The first communicator is configured to wirelessly transmit a control signal CS12 in response to the first additional user input received by the first additional electrical switch. For example, the control signal CS11 indicates an upshift of the dray RD. The control signal CS12 indicates a downshift of the dray RD. If necessary and/or desired, the operating device 3 can be configured to transmit the control signal via a cable.

操作裝置4建構成產生控制訊號以回應於使用者輸入。舉例而言,操作裝置4包括第二電開關、第二額外電開關、第二通訊器。第二電開關建構成接收第二使用者輸入。第二額外電開關建構成接收第二額外使用者輸入。第二通訊器建構成無線傳輸控制訊號CS21,以回應於第二電開關所接收的第二使用者輸入。第二通訊器建構成無線傳輸控制訊號CS22,以回應於第二額外電開關所接收的第二額外使用者輸入。舉例而言,控制訊號CS21指示撥鏈器FD的升檔。控制訊號CS22指示撥鏈器FD的降檔。若需要及/或想要的話,操作裝置4可以建構成經由電纜來傳輸控制訊號。The operating device 4 is configured to generate a control signal in response to a user input. For example, the operating device 4 includes a second electrical switch, a second additional electrical switch, and a second communicator. The second electrical switch is configured to receive a second user input. The second additional electrical switch is configured to receive a second additional user input. The second communicator is configured to wirelessly transmit a control signal CS21 in response to the second user input received by the second electrical switch. The second communicator is configured to wirelessly transmit a control signal CS22 in response to the second additional user input received by the second additional electrical switch. For example, the control signal CS21 indicates an upshift of the dray FD. The control signal CS22 indicates a downshift of the dray FD. If necessary and/or desired, the operating device 4 can be configured to transmit the control signal via a cable.

無線通訊器WC建構成無線接收從操作裝置3和4所傳輸的控制訊號CS11、CS12、CS21、CS22。電子控制器104建構成經由無線通訊器WC而接收從操作裝置3和4所無線傳輸的控制訊號CS11、CS12、CS21、CS22。無線通訊器WC建構成與撥鏈器FD的無線通訊器做無線通訊。無線通訊器WC建構成將操作裝置4所傳輸的控制訊號CS21和CS22無線傳輸至撥鏈器FD。若需要及/或想要的話,通訊器108可以包括有線通訊器,建構成經由電纜而與另一有線通訊器通訊。The wireless communicator WC is configured to wirelessly receive control signals CS11, CS12, CS21, CS22 transmitted from the operating devices 3 and 4. The electronic controller 104 is configured to receive control signals CS11, CS12, CS21, CS22 transmitted wirelessly from the operating devices 3 and 4 via the wireless communicator WC. The wireless communicator WC is configured to wirelessly communicate with the wireless communicator of the dial-up device FD. The wireless communicator WC is configured to wirelessly transmit the control signals CS21 and CS22 transmitted from the operating device 4 to the dial-up device FD. If necessary and/or desired, the communicator 108 may include a wired communicator configured to communicate with another wired communicator via a cable.

馬達驅動器106電連接至電動馬達54和電子控制器104以基於從電子控制器104所傳輸的控制訊號來控制電動馬達54。馬達驅動器106建構成基於電子控制器104所傳輸的控制訊號CS11和CS12而控制電力來源36所供應的電力。也就是說,電子控制器104建構成基於操作裝置3和4所傳輸的控制訊號CS11和CS12而控制電動馬達54。The motor driver 106 is electrically connected to the electric motor 54 and the electronic controller 104 to control the electric motor 54 based on the control signal transmitted from the electronic controller 104. The motor driver 106 is configured to control the power supplied by the power source 36 based on the control signals CS11 and CS12 transmitted from the electronic controller 104. That is, the electronic controller 104 is configured to control the electric motor 54 based on the control signals CS11 and CS12 transmitted from the operating devices 3 and 4.

無線通訊器WC具有第一模式和第二模式。於第一模式,無線通訊器WC的功率消耗是第一功率消耗。於第二模式,無線通訊器WC的功率消耗是第二功率消耗。第二功率消耗低於第一功率消耗。舉例而言,於第一模式,電子控制器104控制待從電力來源36供應至無線通訊器WC之訊號接收電路和訊號發送電路的電力。於第二模式,電子控制器104控制待從電力來源36供應至無線通訊器WC之訊號接收電路而非至無線通訊器WC之訊號發送電路的電力。因此,於第二模式,無線通訊器WC建構成識別控制訊號CS11、CS12、CS21、CS22而不發送控制訊號CS21和CS22。The wireless communicator WC has a first mode and a second mode. In the first mode, the power consumption of the wireless communicator WC is the first power consumption. In the second mode, the power consumption of the wireless communicator WC is the second power consumption. The second power consumption is lower than the first power consumption. For example, in the first mode, the electronic controller 104 controls the power to be supplied from the power source 36 to the signal receiving circuit and the signal transmitting circuit of the wireless communicator WC. In the second mode, the electronic controller 104 controls the power to be supplied from the power source 36 to the signal receiving circuit of the wireless communicator WC but not to the signal transmitting circuit of the wireless communicator WC. Therefore, in the second mode, the wireless communicator WC is constructed to recognize the control signals CS11, CS12, CS21, CS22 without sending the control signals CS21 and CS22.

於第一模式,電子控制器104建構成基於經由無線通訊器WC而從操作裝置3所接收的控制訊號CS11來控制電動馬達54,以在升檔方向上將可動構件14從目前齒輪位置移動至目標齒輪位置。於第一模式,電子控制器104建構成基於經由無線通訊器WC而從操作裝置3所接收的控制訊號CS12來控制電動馬達54,以在降檔方向上將可動構件14從目前齒輪位置移動至目標齒輪位置。In the first mode, the electronic controller 104 is configured to control the electric motor 54 based on the control signal CS11 received from the operating device 3 via the wireless communicator WC to move the movable member 14 from the current gear position to the target gear position in the upshift direction. In the first mode, the electronic controller 104 is configured to control the electric motor 54 based on the control signal CS12 received from the operating device 3 via the wireless communicator WC to move the movable member 14 from the current gear position to the target gear position in the downshift direction.

於第一模式,電子控制器104建構成將經由無線通訊器WC而從操作裝置4所接收的控制訊號CS21和CS22經由無線通訊器WC來傳輸至撥鏈器FD。於第一模式,撥鏈器FD建構成基於經由無線通訊器WC而從操作裝置4所接收的控制訊號CS21和CS22來改變撥鏈器FD的齒輪位置。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,撥鏈器FD可以建構成接收來自操作裝置4的控制訊號。In the first mode, the electronic controller 104 is configured to transmit control signals CS21 and CS22 received from the operating device 4 via the wireless communicator WC to the dialer FD via the wireless communicator WC. In the first mode, the dialer FD is configured to change the gear position of the dialer FD based on the control signals CS21 and CS22 received from the operating device 4 via the wireless communicator WC. However, if necessary and/or desired, the dialer FD can be configured to receive control signals from the operating device 4.

若無線通訊器WC沒識別出控制訊號CS11、CS12、CS21、CS22中的任一者達決定時間,則電子控制器104建構成將無線通訊器WC的模式從第一模式改變為第二模式。If the wireless communicator WC does not recognize any of the control signals CS11, CS12, CS21, CS22 for a determined time, the electronic controller 104 is configured to change the mode of the wireless communicator WC from the first mode to the second mode.

若無線通訊器WC在第二模式中識別出控制訊號CS11、CS12、CS21、CS22中的一者,則電子控制器104建構成將無線通訊器WC的模式從第二模式改變為第一模式。舉例而言,若無線通訊器WC在第二模式中收到無線訊號,則電子控制器104建構成控制待從電力來源36供應至無線通訊器WC之訊號發送電路的電力。若電子控制器104收到來自喚醒感應器的訊號達預定時間,則電子控制器104可以建構成將無線通訊器WC的模式從第二模式改變為第一模式。喚醒感應器建構成偵測自行車2的運動。喚醒感應器的範例包括加速度感應器和震動感應器。若電子控制器104沒收到來自喚醒感應器的訊號達預定時間,則電子控制器104可以建構成將無線通訊器WC的模式從第一模式改變為第二模式。If the wireless communicator WC recognizes one of the control signals CS11, CS12, CS21, CS22 in the second mode, the electronic controller 104 is configured to change the mode of the wireless communicator WC from the second mode to the first mode. For example, if the wireless communicator WC receives a wireless signal in the second mode, the electronic controller 104 is configured to control the power to be supplied from the power source 36 to the signal transmission circuit of the wireless communicator WC. If the electronic controller 104 receives a signal from the wake-up sensor for a predetermined time, the electronic controller 104 can be configured to change the mode of the wireless communicator WC from the second mode to the first mode. The wake-up sensor is configured to detect the movement of the bicycle 2. Examples of wake-up sensors include acceleration sensors and vibration sensors. If the electronic controller 104 does not receive a signal from the wake-up sensor for a predetermined time, the electronic controller 104 may be configured to change the mode of the wireless communicator WC from the first mode to the second mode.

告知裝置110建構成告知使用者有關撥鏈器RD的資訊。告知裝置110包括建構成指示資訊的指示器。舉例而言,指示器包括發光二極體。資訊包括撥鏈器RD的狀態、馬達單元32的狀態、電力來源36的狀態、電動馬達54的狀態、電子控制器104的狀態、通訊器108的狀態中的至少一者。若需要及/或想要的話,告知裝置110可以從馬達單元32省略。若需要及/或想要的話,告知裝置110可以包括其他裝置,例如揚聲器以取代或附加於指示器。The notification device 110 is configured to notify the user of information about the dialer RD. The notification device 110 includes an indicator configured to indicate the information. For example, the indicator includes a light-emitting diode. The information includes at least one of the state of the dialer RD, the state of the motor unit 32, the state of the power source 36, the state of the electric motor 54, the state of the electronic controller 104, and the state of the communicator 108. If necessary and/or desired, the notification device 110 can be omitted from the motor unit 32. If necessary and/or desired, the notification device 110 can include other devices, such as a speaker, instead of or in addition to the indicator.

電開關SW建構成接收來自使用者的使用者輸入。電開關SW建構成啟動以回應於使用者輸入。電開關SW電連接至電子控制器104。電子控制器104建構成識別電開關SW的啟動。使用者輸入包括電開關SW的正常壓、長壓和雙摁。電開關SW建構成識別電開關SW的正常壓、長壓和雙摁。舉例而言,正常壓指示撥鏈器RD的模式改變、撥鏈器RD在維修期間的暫時換檔操作、或喚醒無線通訊器WC。長壓指示撥鏈器RD的電源開(ON)或關(OFF)或配對模式(其中無線通訊器WC是與例如操作裝置3和4及撥鏈器FD之另一裝置的另一無線通訊器配對)。若需要及/或想要的話,電開關SW可以從馬達單元32省略。The electrical switch SW is configured to receive a user input from a user. The electrical switch SW is configured to be activated in response to the user input. The electrical switch SW is electrically connected to the electronic controller 104. The electronic controller 104 is configured to recognize the activation of the electrical switch SW. The user input includes a normal pressure, a long pressure, and a double press of the electrical switch SW. The electrical switch SW is configured to recognize a normal pressure, a long pressure, and a double press of the electrical switch SW. For example, a normal pressure indicates a mode change of the dialer RD, a temporary shift operation of the dialer RD during maintenance, or waking up the wireless communicator WC. A long press indicates power ON or OFF of the dialer RD or pairing mode (wherein the wireless communicator WC is paired with another wireless communicator such as the operating devices 3 and 4 and the dialer FD). The electrical switch SW may be omitted from the motor unit 32 if necessary and/or desired.

電子控制器104電連接至偵測器102以接收偵測器102的偵測結果。電子控制器104建構成基於偵測器102的偵測結果而監視撥鏈器RD的目前齒輪位置。電子控制器104建構成將目前齒輪位置儲存於記憶體104M。The electronic controller 104 is electrically connected to the detector 102 to receive the detection result of the detector 102. The electronic controller 104 is configured to monitor the current gear position of the dial RD based on the detection result of the detector 102. The electronic controller 104 is configured to store the current gear position in the memory 104M.

在外部扭矩ET等於或高於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器60允許輸出構件56旋轉。因此,可動構件14可以由於障礙物與可動構件14和連桿組16中的至少一者之間實體接觸所引起的外力EF而非有意地移動。馬達單元32建構成將可動構件14自動地返回至先前齒輪位置(在可動構件14被外力EF移動之前的位置)。In a state where the external torque ET is equal to or higher than the external torque threshold, the torque limiter 60 allows the output member 56 to rotate. Therefore, the movable member 14 can be moved unintentionally due to the external force EF caused by the physical contact between the obstacle and at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 16. The motor unit 32 is constructed to automatically return the movable member 14 to the previous gear position (the position before the movable member 14 was moved by the external force EF).

電子控制器104建構成基於偵測器102的偵測結果而週期性地監視目前齒輪位置。電子控制器104建構成基於偵測器102的偵測結果而週期性地決定可動構件14是否被外力EF移動離開目前齒輪位置。若偵測器102的偵測結果指出可動構件14被移動而同時電子控制器104沒收到操作裝置3所產生的控制訊號CS11和CS12,則電子控制器104建構成斷定可動構件14被外力EF移動離開目前齒輪位置。The electronic controller 104 is configured to periodically monitor the current gear position based on the detection result of the detector 102. The electronic controller 104 is configured to periodically determine whether the movable member 14 is moved away from the current gear position by the external force EF based on the detection result of the detector 102. If the detection result of the detector 102 indicates that the movable member 14 is moved and at the same time the electronic controller 104 does not receive the control signals CS11 and CS12 generated by the operating device 3, the electronic controller 104 is configured to determine that the movable member 14 is moved away from the current gear position by the external force EF.

若電子控制器104斷定可動構件14被外力EF移動離開目前齒輪位置,則電子控制器104控制電動馬達54以將可動構件14返回至先前齒輪位置。電子控制器104建構成控制告知裝置110以告知使用者可動構件14被外力EF所移動。 <第二具體態樣> If the electronic controller 104 determines that the movable member 14 is moved away from the current gear position by the external force EF, the electronic controller 104 controls the electric motor 54 to return the movable member 14 to the previous gear position. The electronic controller 104 is configured to control the notification device 110 to notify the user that the movable member 14 is moved by the external force EF. <Second specific aspect>

下面將參見圖23到40來描述依據第二具體態樣的自行車組件或撥鏈器RD2。馬達單元32除外,自行車組件或撥鏈器RD2具有相同於電組件或撥鏈器RD的結構及/或架構。因此,為了簡潔起見,具有實質相同於第一具體態樣的元件在此將做相同編號且在此將不再詳細描述及/或示範。A bicycle assembly or retractor RD2 according to a second embodiment will be described below with reference to FIGS. 23 to 40 . The bicycle assembly or retractor RD2 has the same structure and/or architecture as the electric assembly or retractor RD, except for the motor unit 32. Therefore, for the sake of brevity, the elements that are substantially the same as those of the first embodiment will be numbered the same and will not be described and/or illustrated in detail.

如圖23和24所見,撥鏈器RD2包含基座構件212、可動構件14、連桿組216。基座構件212建構成耦合於車輛本體2A。可動構件14相對於基座構件212而可移動。耦合部分20經由連桿組216而可移動地耦合於基座構件212。As shown in Figures 23 and 24, the derailleur RD2 includes a base member 212, a movable member 14, and a connecting rod assembly 216. The base member 212 is configured to be coupled to the vehicle body 2A. The movable member 14 is movable relative to the base member 212. The coupling portion 20 is movably coupled to the base member 212 via the connecting rod assembly 216.

如圖23所見,連桿組216可移動地耦合基座構件212和可動構件14。連桿組216可移動地耦合基座構件212和耦合部分20。於本具體態樣,連桿組216包括外連桿228和內連桿230。外連桿228繞著第一樞轉軸線A21而樞轉地耦合於基座構件212。外連桿228繞著第二樞轉軸線A22而樞轉地耦合於可動構件14。內連桿230繞著第三樞轉軸線A23而樞轉地耦合於基座構件212。內連桿230繞著第四樞轉軸線A24而樞轉地耦合於可動構件14。第一到第四樞轉軸線A21到A24彼此平行。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,外連桿228和內連桿230中的一者可以從連桿組216省略。連桿組216的結構不限於以上結構。第一到第四樞轉軸線A21到A24中的至少一者可以非平行於第一到第四樞轉軸線A21到A24中的另一者。As shown in FIG. 23 , the connecting rod group 216 movably couples the base member 212 and the movable member 14. The connecting rod group 216 movably couples the base member 212 and the coupling portion 20. In this embodiment, the connecting rod group 216 includes an outer connecting rod 228 and an inner connecting rod 230. The outer connecting rod 228 is pivotally coupled to the base member 212 around a first pivot axis A21. The outer connecting rod 228 is pivotally coupled to the movable member 14 around a second pivot axis A22. The inner connecting rod 230 is pivotally coupled to the base member 212 around a third pivot axis A23. The inner connecting rod 230 is pivotally coupled to the movable member 14 around the fourth pivot axis A24. The first to fourth pivot axes A21 to A24 are parallel to each other. However, if necessary and/or desired, one of the outer connecting rod 228 and the inner connecting rod 230 may be omitted from the connecting rod assembly 216. The structure of the connecting rod assembly 216 is not limited to the above structure. At least one of the first to fourth pivot axes A21 to A24 may be non-parallel to another one of the first to fourth pivot axes A21 to A24.

撥鏈器RD2包含緩衝件231。緩衝件231是與連桿組216分開的構件。緩衝件231是與外連桿228和內連桿230分開的構件。緩衝件231是以緩衝件固定器231A而可分離地且可再附接地附接於連桿組216。緩衝件231是以緩衝件固定器231A而可分離地且可再附接地附接於連桿組216的外連桿228。緩衝件231附接於外連桿228以減少外連桿228和障礙物之間的接觸。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,緩衝件231可以從撥鏈器RD2省略。The retractor RD2 includes a buffer 231. The buffer 231 is a member separate from the connecting rod assembly 216. The buffer 231 is a member separate from the outer link 228 and the inner link 230. The buffer 231 is detachably and reattachably attached to the connecting rod assembly 216 with a buffer holder 231A. The buffer 231 is detachably and reattachably attached to the outer link 228 of the connecting rod assembly 216 with a buffer holder 231A. The buffer 231 is attached to the outer link 228 to reduce contact between the outer link 228 and an obstacle. However, if needed and/or desired, the buffer 231 may be omitted from the reciprocating device RD2.

如圖25所見,內連桿230至少部分設在自行車2的外連桿228和橫向中央平面CP之間。As seen in FIG. 25 , the inner link 230 is at least partially disposed between the outer link 228 and the transverse center plane CP of the bicycle 2 .

撥鏈器RD2包含馬達單元232。馬達單元232建構成相對於基座構件212來移動可動構件14和連桿組216中的至少一者。於本具體態樣,馬達單元232耦合於連桿組216以經由連桿組216來移動可動構件14。馬達單元232建構成產生致動力且耦合於連桿組216以傳輸致動力給連桿組216。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,馬達單元232可以直接耦合於可動構件14以相對於基座構件212來移動可動構件14。若需要及/或想要的話,馬達單元232可以建構成傳輸致動力給可動構件14。The retractor RD2 includes a motor unit 232. The motor unit 232 is configured to move at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod set 216 relative to the base member 212. In the present embodiment, the motor unit 232 is coupled to the connecting rod set 216 to move the movable member 14 via the connecting rod set 216. The motor unit 232 is configured to generate an actuating force and is coupled to the connecting rod set 216 to transmit the actuating force to the connecting rod set 216. However, if necessary and/or desired, the motor unit 232 may be directly coupled to the movable member 14 to move the movable member 14 relative to the base member 212. If necessary and/or desired, the motor unit 232 may be configured to transmit the actuating force to the movable member 14.

於第二具體態樣,如圖23到25所見,撥鏈器RD2不包括待附接電力來源的電源供應器附接結構。然而,如同第一具體態樣的撥鏈器RD,若需要及/或想要的話,撥鏈器RD2可以包括待附接電力來源的電源供應器附接結構。In the second embodiment, as shown in Figures 23 to 25, the reel RD2 does not include a power supply attachment structure to which a power source is to be attached. However, like the reel RD of the first embodiment, the reel RD2 may include a power supply attachment structure to which a power source is to be attached if necessary and/or desired.

如圖26所見,馬達單元232包括電連接器237,電纜EC待可分離地對此連接。馬達單元232建構成經由電連接器237和電纜EC而電連接至電力來源PS。舉例而言,電力來源PS安裝於車輛本體2A。As shown in Fig. 26, the motor unit 232 includes an electrical connector 237 to which the cable EC is to be detachably connected. The motor unit 232 is configured to be electrically connected to the power source PS via the electrical connector 237 and the cable EC. For example, the power source PS is mounted on the vehicle body 2A.

馬達單元232設在基座構件212、可動構件14、連桿組216中的一者。馬達單元232設在基座構件212和連桿組216中的一者。於本具體態樣,馬達單元232設在連桿組216。馬達單元232設在內連桿230。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,馬達單元232可以設在可動構件14和連桿組216中的一者。若需要及/或想要的話,馬達單元232可以設在連桿組216的外連桿228。The motor unit 232 is provided in one of the base member 212, the movable member 14, and the connecting rod assembly 216. The motor unit 232 is provided in one of the base member 212 and the connecting rod assembly 216. In this embodiment, the motor unit 232 is provided in the connecting rod assembly 216. The motor unit 232 is provided in the inner connecting rod 230. However, if necessary and/or desired, the motor unit 232 can be provided in one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 216. If necessary and/or desired, the motor unit 232 can be provided in the outer connecting rod 228 of the connecting rod assembly 216.

如圖27所見,馬達單元232包括外殼238。外殼238是與基座構件212分開的構件。然而,外殼238可以至少部分與基座構件212一體設成一件式單元性構件。27, the motor unit 232 includes a housing 238. The housing 238 is a separate member from the base member 212. However, the housing 238 may be at least partially integrated with the base member 212 as a one-piece unitary member.

基座構件212包括第一基座本體240、第二基座本體242、固定器44。第一基座本體240建構成以撥鏈器固定器46而耦合於車輛本體2A。第二基座本體242是與第一基座本體240分開的構件。第二基座本體242是以例如螺絲的固定器44而固定於第一基座本體240。馬達單元232設在第一基座本體240和第二基座本體242之間。馬達單元232的外殼238設在第一基座本體240和第二基座本體242之間。The base member 212 includes a first base body 240, a second base body 242, and a fastener 44. The first base body 240 is configured to be coupled to the vehicle body 2A by means of a sprocket fastener 46. The second base body 242 is a member separated from the first base body 240. The second base body 242 is fixed to the first base body 240 by means of a fastener 44 such as a screw. The motor unit 232 is disposed between the first base body 240 and the second base body 242. The housing 238 of the motor unit 232 is disposed between the first base body 240 and the second base body 242.

如圖28所見,外殼238包括第一外殼250和第二外殼252。外殼238包括內部空間238S。第一外殼250和第二外殼252界定第一外殼250和第二外殼252之間的內部空間238S。第二外殼252舉例而言是以固定器而緊固於第一外殼250。第二外殼252是與第一外殼250分開的構件。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第二外殼252可以與第一外殼250一體設成一件式單元性構件。As shown in FIG. 28 , the housing 238 includes a first housing 250 and a second housing 252. The housing 238 includes an interior space 238S. The first housing 250 and the second housing 252 define the interior space 238S between the first housing 250 and the second housing 252. The second housing 252 is fastened to the first housing 250, for example, by a fastener. The second housing 252 is a separate component from the first housing 250. However, if necessary and/or desired, the second housing 252 can be integrally provided with the first housing 250 as a one-piece unitary component.

如圖27和29所見,內連桿230包括第一內連桿本體230A、第二內連桿本體230B、固定器230C。第二內連桿本體230B是以固定器230C而緊固於第一內連桿本體230A。馬達單元232包括蓋子253。蓋子253固持在外殼238和第二內連桿本體230B之間。As shown in Figures 27 and 29, the inner connecting rod 230 includes a first inner connecting rod body 230A, a second inner connecting rod body 230B, and a fastener 230C. The second inner connecting rod body 230B is fastened to the first inner connecting rod body 230A by the fastener 230C. The motor unit 232 includes a cover 253. The cover 253 is held between the outer shell 238 and the second inner connecting rod body 230B.

如圖28和29所見,馬達單元232至少部分設在第一內連桿本體230A和第二內連桿本體230B之間。外殼238至少部分設在第一內連桿本體230A和第二內連桿本體230B之間。於本具體態樣,馬達單元232部分設在第一內連桿本體230A和第二內連桿本體230B之間。外殼238部分設在第一內連桿本體230A和第二內連桿本體230B之間。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,馬達單元232可以整個設在第一內連桿本體230A和第二內連桿本體230B之間。若需要及/或想要的話,外殼238可以整個設在第一內連桿本體230A和第二內連桿本體230B之間。As seen in FIGS. 28 and 29 , the motor unit 232 is at least partially disposed between the first inner connecting rod body 230A and the second inner connecting rod body 230B. The housing 238 is at least partially disposed between the first inner connecting rod body 230A and the second inner connecting rod body 230B. In this embodiment, the motor unit 232 is partially disposed between the first inner connecting rod body 230A and the second inner connecting rod body 230B. The housing 238 is partially disposed between the first inner connecting rod body 230A and the second inner connecting rod body 230B. However, if needed and/or desired, the motor unit 232 can be entirely disposed between the first inner connecting rod body 230A and the second inner connecting rod body 230B. If needed and/or desired, the housing 238 may be disposed entirely between the first inner tie body 230A and the second inner tie body 230B.

如圖30所見,外殼238包括定位突起255。定位突起255從第一外殼250凸出。第一內連桿本體230A包括定位孔230H。定位突起255至少部分設於定位孔230H中。As shown in FIG30 , the housing 238 includes a positioning protrusion 255. The positioning protrusion 255 protrudes from the first housing 250. The first inner connecting rod body 230A includes a positioning hole 230H. The positioning protrusion 255 is at least partially disposed in the positioning hole 230H.

如圖31所見,用於自行車組件RD2的馬達單元232包含電動馬達54。電動馬達54建構成使用經由電纜EC而從電力來源PS所供應的電力來產生致動力(譬如見圖26)。電動馬達54設於外殼238的內部空間238S中(譬如見圖28)。電動馬達54設在第一外殼250和第二外殼252之間。As shown in FIG31 , the motor unit 232 for the bicycle assembly RD2 includes an electric motor 54. The electric motor 54 is configured to generate an actuating force using the electric power supplied from the power source PS via the cable EC (see, for example, FIG26 ). The electric motor 54 is disposed in the inner space 238S of the housing 238 (see, for example, FIG28 ). The electric motor 54 is disposed between the first housing 250 and the second housing 252.

用於自行車組件RD2的馬達單元232包含輸出構件256。電動馬達54耦合於輸出構件256以繞著輸出旋轉軸線A25而相對於外殼238來旋轉輸出構件256。輸出構件256沿著輸出旋轉軸線A25而延伸。The motor unit 232 for the bicycle assembly RD2 includes an output member 256. The electric motor 54 is coupled to the output member 256 to rotate the output member 256 relative to the housing 238 about the output rotation axis A25. The output member 256 extends along the output rotation axis A25.

如圖28所見,輸出構件256包括第一端256A和第二端256B。輸出構件256沿著第一端256A和第二端256B之間的輸出旋轉軸線A25而延伸。基座構件212包括第一支撐孔212A和第二支撐孔212B。第一端256A設於第一支撐孔212A中。第二端256B設於第二支撐孔212B中。輸出構件256繞著輸出旋轉軸線A25相對於基座構件212而可旋轉。As shown in FIG. 28 , the output member 256 includes a first end 256A and a second end 256B. The output member 256 extends along an output rotation axis A25 between the first end 256A and the second end 256B. The base member 212 includes a first support hole 212A and a second support hole 212B. The first end 256A is disposed in the first support hole 212A. The second end 256B is disposed in the second support hole 212B. The output member 256 is rotatable relative to the base member 212 around the output rotation axis A25.

內連桿230包括第一孔230D和第二孔230E。第一內連桿本體230A包括第一孔230D。第二內連桿本體230B包括第二孔230E。輸出構件256延伸穿過第一孔230D和第二孔230E。內連桿230繞著輸出旋轉軸線A25而由輸出構件256可旋轉地支撐。因此,輸出旋轉軸線A25與第三樞轉軸線A23重合。輸出構件256繞著第三樞轉軸線A23相對於外殼238而可旋轉。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,輸出旋轉軸線A25可以偏移於第三樞轉軸線A23。The inner connecting rod 230 includes a first hole 230D and a second hole 230E. The first inner connecting rod body 230A includes the first hole 230D. The second inner connecting rod body 230B includes the second hole 230E. The output member 256 extends through the first hole 230D and the second hole 230E. The inner connecting rod 230 is rotatably supported by the output member 256 around the output rotation axis A25. Therefore, the output rotation axis A25 coincides with the third pivot axis A23. The output member 256 is rotatable relative to the outer housing 238 around the third pivot axis A23. However, if necessary and/or desired, the output rotation axis A25 can be offset from the third pivot axis A23.

如圖30所見,輸出構件256與外殼238的定位突起255隔開。定位突起255耦合於外殼238以限制外殼238勿繞著輸出旋轉軸線A25而相對於內連桿230來旋轉。因此,外殼238與內連桿230一體設為單一單元。如圖25所見,內連桿230和馬達單元232相對於基座構件212和可動構件14而可一起移動。內連桿230和馬達單元232繞著第三樞轉軸線A23相對於基座構件212而可一起樞轉。內連桿230和馬達單元232繞著第四樞轉軸線A24相對於可動構件14而可一起樞轉。As shown in FIG. 30 , the output member 256 is separated from the positioning protrusion 255 of the housing 238. The positioning protrusion 255 is coupled to the housing 238 to restrict the housing 238 from rotating relative to the inner connecting rod 230 around the output rotation axis A25. Therefore, the housing 238 and the inner connecting rod 230 are integrated as a single unit. As shown in FIG. 25 , the inner connecting rod 230 and the motor unit 232 can move together relative to the base member 212 and the movable member 14. The inner connecting rod 230 and the motor unit 232 can pivot together relative to the base member 212 around the third pivot axis A23. The inner connecting rod 230 and the motor unit 232 can pivot together with respect to the movable member 14 around the fourth pivot axis A24.

如圖31所見,馬達單元32包括耦合臂257。耦合臂257耦合於輸出構件256以繞著輸出旋轉軸線A25相對於外殼238而連同輸出構件256來旋轉。耦合臂257包括第一臂端257A和第二臂端257B。耦合臂257在第一臂端257A和第二臂端257B之間延伸。第一臂端257A耦合於輸出構件256。As shown in FIG31 , the motor unit 32 includes a coupling arm 257. The coupling arm 257 is coupled to the output member 256 to rotate with the output member 256 relative to the housing 238 around the output rotation axis A25. The coupling arm 257 includes a first arm end 257A and a second arm end 257B. The coupling arm 257 extends between the first arm end 257A and the second arm end 257B. The first arm end 257A is coupled to the output member 256.

如圖32所見,第一臂端257A包括栓槽孔257C。輸出構件256包括栓槽部分256C。輸出構件256的栓槽部分256C嚙合於第一臂端257A的栓槽孔257C。栓槽部分256C以例如壓配和黏著劑的固定結構而固定於栓槽孔257C。因此,耦合臂257經由栓槽部分256C和栓槽孔257C而固定於輸出構件256。耦合臂257耦合於輸出構件256以繞著輸出旋轉軸線A25相對於內連桿230和外殼238而連同輸出構件256來旋轉。As shown in FIG. 32 , the first arm end 257A includes a bolt slot hole 257C. The output member 256 includes a bolt slot portion 256C. The bolt slot portion 256C of the output member 256 is engaged with the bolt slot hole 257C of the first arm end 257A. The bolt slot portion 256C is fixed to the bolt slot hole 257C by a fixing structure such as press fitting and adhesive. Therefore, the coupling arm 257 is fixed to the output member 256 via the bolt slot portion 256C and the bolt slot hole 257C. The coupling arm 257 is coupled to the output member 256 to rotate together with the output member 256 about the output rotation axis A25 relative to the inner connecting rod 230 and the outer housing 238.

如圖29和30所見,輸出構件256繞著輸出旋轉軸線A25而相對於外殼238來旋轉,以回應於馬達單元232所產生的致動力。因此,耦合臂257繞著輸出旋轉軸線A25而相對於外殼238來旋轉,以回應於馬達單元232所產生的致動力。29 and 30 , the output member 256 rotates about the output rotation axis A25 relative to the housing 238 in response to the actuation force generated by the motor unit 232. Therefore, the coupling arm 257 rotates about the output rotation axis A25 relative to the housing 238 in response to the actuation force generated by the motor unit 232.

如圖31所見,第二臂端257B包括耦合孔257D。如圖27所見,第二臂端257B耦合於基座構件212的第一基座本體240。第一基座本體240部分設於第二臂端257B的耦合孔257D中。如圖28所見,第一臂端257A經由輸出構件256而耦合於基座構件212。因此,耦合臂257耦合於基座構件212以相對於基座構件212而為靜止。內連桿230和馬達單元232繞著第三樞轉軸線A23相對於基座構件212而樞轉,以回應於馬達單元232所產生的致動力。As seen in FIG. 31 , the second arm end 257B includes a coupling hole 257D. As seen in FIG. 27 , the second arm end 257B is coupled to the first base body 240 of the base member 212. The first base body 240 is partially disposed in the coupling hole 257D of the second arm end 257B. As seen in FIG. 28 , the first arm end 257A is coupled to the base member 212 via the output member 256. Therefore, the coupling arm 257 is coupled to the base member 212 to be stationary relative to the base member 212. The inner link 230 and the motor unit 232 pivot relative to the base member 212 about the third pivot axis A23 in response to the actuation force generated by the motor unit 232.

如圖27所見,外力EF施加於可動構件14和連桿組216中的至少一者,以回應於障礙物與可動構件14和連桿組216中的至少一者之間的實體接觸。因此,具有外部扭矩ET的外部旋轉力ERF經由連桿組216而施加於輸出構件256以回應於外力EF。較佳的是限制外部扭矩ET勿從可動構件14和連桿組216中的至少一者傳輸至電動馬達54 (譬如見圖31)。As seen in FIG27 , an external force EF is applied to at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 216 in response to the physical contact between the obstacle and at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 216. Therefore, an external rotational force ERF having an external torque ET is applied to the output member 256 via the connecting rod assembly 216 in response to the external force EF. It is preferable to limit the external torque ET from being transmitted from at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 216 to the electric motor 54 (see, for example, FIG31 ).

如圖31所見,用於自行車組件RD2的馬達單元232包含扭矩限制器260和傳輸結構62。扭矩限制器260建構成保護電動馬達54免於外力EF所引起的損傷,而同時允許必要的力從電動馬達54傳輸至可動構件14和連桿組216中的至少一者。傳輸結構62建構成保護電動馬達54免於外力EF所引起的損傷,而同時允許電動馬達54所產生的致動力傳輸至可動構件14和連桿組216中的至少一者。扭矩限制器260所具有的結構異於傳輸結構62的結構。As shown in FIG31 , the motor unit 232 for the bicycle assembly RD2 includes a torque limiter 260 and a transmission structure 62. The torque limiter 260 is configured to protect the electric motor 54 from damage caused by the external force EF while allowing the necessary force to be transmitted from the electric motor 54 to at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 216. The transmission structure 62 is configured to protect the electric motor 54 from damage caused by the external force EF while allowing the actuating force generated by the electric motor 54 to be transmitted to at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 216. The torque limiter 260 has a structure different from that of the transmission structure 62.

扭矩限制器260和傳輸結構62設在由電動馬達54往輸出構件256所設的動力傳輸路徑TP2上而在電動馬達54和輸出構件256之間。傳輸結構62設在由電動馬達54往輸出構件256所設的動力傳輸路徑TP2上而在電動馬達54和扭矩限制器260之間。扭矩限制器260設在動力傳輸路徑TP2上而在傳輸結構62和輸出構件256之間。動力傳輸路徑TP2是由電動馬達54往輸出構件256經過傳輸結構62和扭矩限制器260所界定。The torque limiter 260 and the transmission structure 62 are disposed on the power transmission path TP2 from the electric motor 54 to the output member 256 and between the electric motor 54 and the output member 256. The transmission structure 62 is disposed on the power transmission path TP2 from the electric motor 54 to the output member 256 and between the electric motor 54 and the torque limiter 260. The torque limiter 260 is disposed on the power transmission path TP2 and between the transmission structure 62 and the output member 256. The power transmission path TP2 is defined by the electric motor 54 to the output member 256 through the transmission structure 62 and the torque limiter 260.

扭矩限制器260和傳輸結構62建構成傳輸電動馬達54所產生的致動力給可動構件14和連桿組216中的至少一者。舉例而言,在可動構件14可移動以回應於經由扭矩限制器260所傳輸之致動力的正常狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成經由連桿組216而傳輸致動力至可動構件14。然而,在可動構件14和連桿組216中的至少一者因為外來物質而卡住的異常狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成限制致動力勿經由連桿組216而傳輸至可動構件14。扭矩限制器260建構成在異常狀態下阻礙致動力。扭矩限制器260建構成限制力量勿從可動構件14和連桿組216中的一者傳輸至傳輸結構62。傳輸結構62建構成限制力量勿從扭矩限制器260傳輸至電動馬達54。The torque limiter 260 and the transmission structure 62 are configured to transmit the actuation force generated by the electric motor 54 to at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 216. For example, in a normal state where the movable member 14 can move in response to the actuation force transmitted through the torque limiter 260, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the actuation force to the movable member 14 through the connecting rod assembly 216. However, in an abnormal state where at least one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 216 is stuck due to foreign matter, the torque limiter 260 is configured to limit the actuation force from being transmitted to the movable member 14 through the connecting rod assembly 216. The torque limiter 260 is configured to block the actuation force in an abnormal state. The torque limiter 260 is configured to limit the force from being transmitted from one of the movable member 14 and the connecting rod assembly 216 to the transmission structure 62. The transmission structure 62 is configured to limit the force from being transmitted from the torque limiter 260 to the electric motor 54.

馬達單元232進一步包含減速器263。減速器263耦合電動馬達54和輸出構件256以將電動馬達54的輸出扭矩T0傳輸至輸出構件256。減速器263具有實質相同於減速器63的結構。The motor unit 232 further includes a reducer 263. The reducer 263 couples the electric motor 54 and the output member 256 to transmit the output torque T0 of the electric motor 54 to the output member 256. The reducer 263 has a structure substantially the same as that of the reducer 63.

於本具體態樣,減速器263包括扭矩限制器260和傳輸結構62。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,扭矩限制器260和傳輸結構62中的一者可以從減速器263省略。若需要及/或想要的話,除了扭矩限制器260和傳輸結構62以外,減速器263還可以包括非扭矩限制器260和傳輸結構62的結構。In this embodiment, the speed reducer 263 includes the torque limiter 260 and the transmission structure 62. However, if necessary and/or desired, one of the torque limiter 260 and the transmission structure 62 can be omitted from the speed reducer 263. If necessary and/or desired, in addition to the torque limiter 260 and the transmission structure 62, the speed reducer 263 can also include a structure other than the torque limiter 260 and the transmission structure 62.

如圖31所見,電動馬達54耦合於傳輸結構62。電動馬達54經由至少一齒輪而耦合於傳輸結構62。減速器263包括齒輪G1、G2、G3、G4、G5。也就是說,馬達單元232包括齒輪G1到G5。As shown in FIG31 , the electric motor 54 is coupled to the transmission structure 62. The electric motor 54 is coupled to the transmission structure 62 via at least one gear. The speed reducer 263 includes gears G1, G2, G3, G4, and G5. In other words, the motor unit 232 includes gears G1 to G5.

傳輸結構62耦合於扭矩限制器260。傳輸結構62經由至少一齒輪而耦合於扭矩限制器260。減速器263包括齒輪G6、G27、G28、G29。也就是說,馬達單元232進一步包含齒輪G29。傳輸結構62經由齒輪G6、G27、G28、G29而耦合於扭矩限制器260。齒輪G6耦合於傳輸結構62以從傳輸結構62接收旋轉力。齒輪G27嚙合於齒輪G6。齒輪G28可連同齒輪G27旋轉。齒輪G28嚙合於齒輪G29。齒輪G29耦合於扭矩限制器260以在扭矩限制器260和齒輪G29之間傳輸旋轉力。The transmission structure 62 is coupled to the torque limiter 260. The transmission structure 62 is coupled to the torque limiter 260 via at least one gear. The speed reducer 263 includes gears G6, G27, G28, and G29. That is, the motor unit 232 further includes a gear G29. The transmission structure 62 is coupled to the torque limiter 260 via gears G6, G27, G28, and G29. Gear G6 is coupled to the transmission structure 62 to receive a rotational force from the transmission structure 62. Gear G27 is engaged with gear G6. Gear G28 can rotate together with gear G27. Gear G28 is engaged with gear G29. Gear G29 is coupled to the torque limiter 260 to transmit rotational force between the torque limiter 260 and gear G29.

如圖31所見,傳輸結構62建構成在由電動馬達54往輸出構件256所界定的第一負載方向LD1傳輸第一扭矩T1。傳輸結構62建構成在由輸出軸桿54A往輸出構件256所界定的第一負載方向LD1傳輸第一扭矩T1。在第一輸入扭矩T11是由非扭矩限制器260的裝置施加於傳輸結構62的狀態下,傳輸結構62建構成傳輸第一扭矩T1給扭矩限制器260。As shown in FIG31 , the transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 in the first load direction LD1 defined by the electric motor 54 toward the output member 256. The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 in the first load direction LD1 defined by the output shaft 54A toward the output member 256. When the first input torque T11 is applied to the transmission structure 62 by a device other than the torque limiter 260, the transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 to the torque limiter 260.

傳輸結構62建構成在第一負載方向LD1經由齒輪G5而從電動馬達54接收第一輸入扭矩T11。傳輸結構62建構成在第一負載方向LD1傳輸第一扭矩T1給齒輪G6。The transmission structure 62 is configured to receive the first input torque T11 from the electric motor 54 via the gear G5 in the first load direction LD1. The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the first torque T1 to the gear G6 in the first load direction LD1.

傳輸結構62建構成在由輸出構件256往電動馬達54所界定的第二負載方向LD2傳輸第二扭矩T2。傳輸結構62建構成在由輸出構件256往輸出軸桿54A所界定的第二負載方向LD2傳輸第二扭矩T2。在第二輸入扭矩T21是從扭矩限制器260施加於傳輸結構62的狀態下,傳輸結構62建構成傳輸第二扭矩T2。The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the second torque T2 in the second load direction LD2 defined by the output member 256 toward the electric motor 54. The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the second torque T2 in the second load direction LD2 defined by the output member 256 toward the output shaft 54A. When the second input torque T21 is applied to the transmission structure 62 from the torque limiter 260, the transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the second torque T2.

傳輸結構62建構成在第二負載方向LD2經由齒輪G6而從扭矩限制器260接收第二輸入扭矩T21。傳輸結構62建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第二扭矩T2給齒輪G5。The transmission structure 62 is configured to receive the second input torque T21 from the torque limiter 260 via the gear G6 in the second load direction LD2. The transmission structure 62 is configured to transmit the second torque T2 to the gear G5 in the second load direction LD2.

於本具體態樣,第二扭矩T2低於第二輸入扭矩T12。第二扭矩T2可以包括零。第二扭矩T2可以為零。傳輸結構62建構成在第二負載方向LD2減少第二輸入扭矩T21成第二扭矩T2。傳輸結構62建構成限制第二輸入扭矩T21勿在第二負載方向LD2經由傳輸結構62而傳輸至齒輪G5。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第二扭矩T2可以高於零。In this embodiment, the second torque T2 is lower than the second input torque T12. The second torque T2 may include zero. The second torque T2 may be zero. The transmission structure 62 is configured to reduce the second input torque T21 to the second torque T2 in the second load direction LD2. The transmission structure 62 is configured to limit the second input torque T21 from being transmitted to the gear G5 via the transmission structure 62 in the second load direction LD2. However, the second torque T2 may be higher than zero if needed and/or desired.

第一扭矩T1高於第二扭矩T2。換言之,在第二負載方向LD2經由傳輸結構62所傳輸的第二扭矩T2低於在第一負載方向LD1經由傳輸結構62所傳輸的第一扭矩T1。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第一扭矩T1可以等於或低於第二扭矩T2。The first torque T1 is higher than the second torque T2. In other words, the second torque T2 transmitted through the transmission structure 62 in the second load direction LD2 is lower than the first torque T1 transmitted through the transmission structure 62 in the first load direction LD1. However, if necessary and/or desired, the first torque T1 can be equal to or lower than the second torque T2.

扭矩限制器260建構成在第一負載方向LD1從齒輪G29接收第三輸入扭矩T31。扭矩限制器260建構成在第一負載方向LD1傳輸第三輸出扭矩T32或限制輸出扭矩T33給齒輪G8。The torque limiter 260 is configured to receive the third input torque T31 from the gear G29 in the first load direction LD1. The torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the third output torque T32 or limit the output torque T33 to the gear G8 in the first load direction LD1.

在第三輸入扭矩T31低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成在第一負載方向LD1傳輸等於第三輸入扭矩T31的第三輸出扭矩T32給齒輪G8。在第三輸入扭矩T31等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成在第一負載方向LD1傳輸低於第三輸入扭矩T31的限制輸出扭矩T33給齒輪G8。在第三輸入扭矩T31等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成減少第三輸入扭矩T31成限制輸出扭矩T33。When the third input torque T31 is lower than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the third output torque T32 equal to the third input torque T31 to the gear G8 in the first load direction LD1. When the third input torque T31 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the limited output torque T33 lower than the third input torque T31 to the gear G8 in the first load direction LD1. When the third input torque T31 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to reduce the third input torque T31 to the limited output torque T33.

於本具體態樣,限制輸出扭矩T33低於扭矩閾限。限制輸出扭矩T33可以包括零。限制輸出扭矩T33可以為零或近似零。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,限制輸出扭矩T33可以高於零。In this embodiment, the limited output torque T33 is lower than the torque threshold. The limited output torque T33 may include zero. The limited output torque T33 may be zero or approximately zero. However, if necessary and/or desired, the limited output torque T33 may be higher than zero.

扭矩限制器260建構成從電動馬達54經由傳輸結構62和齒輪G1到G6、G27、G28、G29而接收第三輸入扭矩T31。扭矩閾限高於第三輸入扭矩T31之可能的最大值。因此,當扭矩限制器260從電動馬達54經由傳輸結構62和齒輪G1到G6、G27、G28、G29接收第三輸入扭矩T31時,扭矩限制器260建構成傳輸輸出扭矩T33給齒輪G8。The torque limiter 260 is configured to receive the third input torque T31 from the electric motor 54 via the transmission structure 62 and the gears G1 to G6, G27, G28, G29. The torque threshold is higher than the possible maximum value of the third input torque T31. Therefore, when the torque limiter 260 receives the third input torque T31 from the electric motor 54 via the transmission structure 62 and the gears G1 to G6, G27, G28, G29, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the output torque T33 to the gear G8.

扭矩限制器260建構成在第二負載方向LD2從齒輪G8接收第四輸入扭矩T41。扭矩限制器260建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第四輸出扭矩T42或限制輸出扭矩T43給齒輪G29。The torque limiter 260 is configured to receive the fourth input torque T41 from the gear G8 in the second load direction LD2. The torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the fourth output torque T42 in the second load direction LD2 or limit the output torque T43 to the gear G29.

如圖31所見,在第四輸入扭矩T41低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸等於第四輸入扭矩T41的第四輸出扭矩T42給齒輪G29。在第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸低於第四輸入扭矩T41的限制輸出扭矩T43給齒輪G29。在第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成減少第四輸入扭矩T41成限制輸出扭矩T43。As shown in FIG. 31 , when the fourth input torque T41 is lower than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the fourth output torque T42 equal to the fourth input torque T41 to the gear G29 in the second load direction LD2. When the fourth input torque T41 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the limited output torque T43 lower than the fourth input torque T41 to the gear G29 in the second load direction LD2. When the fourth input torque T41 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to reduce the fourth input torque T41 to the limited output torque T43.

於本具體態樣,限制輸出扭矩T43低於第四輸出扭矩T42和扭矩閾限。限制輸出扭矩T43可以包括零。限制輸出扭矩T43可以為零或近似零。第四輸出扭矩T42也可以稱為第三扭矩T42。限制輸出扭矩T43也可以稱為第四扭矩T43。第三扭矩T42高於第四扭矩T43。換言之,第四扭矩T43低於第三扭矩T42。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,限制輸出扭矩T43可以高於零。In this embodiment, the limited output torque T43 is lower than the fourth output torque T42 and the torque threshold. The limited output torque T43 may include zero. The limited output torque T43 may be zero or approximately zero. The fourth output torque T42 may also be referred to as the third torque T42. The limited output torque T43 may also be referred to as the fourth torque T43. The third torque T42 is higher than the fourth torque T43. In other words, the fourth torque T43 is lower than the third torque T42. However, if necessary and/or desired, the limited output torque T43 may be higher than zero.

當外部扭矩ET從可動構件14和連桿組216中的至少一者施加於輸出構件256時,第四輸入扭矩T41從輸出構件256施加於扭矩限制器260。When the external torque ET is applied to the output member 256 from at least one of the movable member 14 and the link group 216 , the fourth input torque T41 is applied from the output member 256 to the torque limiter 260 .

在輸入至扭矩限制器260的扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成傳輸第三扭矩T42。在第四輸入扭矩T41低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第三扭矩T42。在輸入至扭矩限制器260的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成傳輸第四扭矩T43。在第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第四扭矩T43。換言之,在外部扭矩ET低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第三扭矩T42。在外部扭矩ET等於或高於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,扭矩限制器260建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第四扭矩T43。外部扭矩閾限是用於決定施加於輸出構件256之外部扭矩ET的標準,而扭矩閾限是用於決定施加於扭矩限制器260之第四輸入扭矩T41的標準。In a state where the torque input to the torque limiter 260 is lower than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the third torque T42. In a state where the fourth input torque T41 is lower than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the third torque T42 in the second load direction LD2. In a state where the torque input to the torque limiter 260 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the fourth torque T43. In a state where the fourth input torque T41 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the fourth torque T43 in the second load direction LD2. In other words, in a state where the external torque ET is lower than the external torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the third torque T42 in the second load direction LD2. When the external torque ET is equal to or higher than the external torque threshold, the torque limiter 260 is configured to transmit the fourth torque T43 in the second load direction LD2. The external torque threshold is a criterion for determining the external torque ET applied to the output member 256, and the torque threshold is a criterion for determining the fourth input torque T41 applied to the torque limiter 260.

如圖31所見,扭矩限制器260包括第一構件264和第二構件266。第一構件264具有實質相同於第一具體態樣所述的扭矩限制器60之第一構件64的結構。第二構件266具有實質相同於第二具體態樣所述的扭矩限制器60之第二構件66的結構。As shown in Fig. 31, the torque limiter 260 includes a first member 264 and a second member 266. The first member 264 has a structure substantially the same as the first member 64 of the torque limiter 60 described in the first embodiment. The second member 266 has a structure substantially the same as the second member 66 of the torque limiter 60 described in the second embodiment.

在施加於扭矩限制器260的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266相對於彼此而可移動。在扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266彼此可一起移動。在扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266彼此接觸以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266建構成在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第四扭矩T43。In a state where the torque applied to the torque limiter 260 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are movable relative to each other. In a state where the torque is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are movable together with each other. In a state where the torque is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 contact each other to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 264 and the second member 266. In a state where the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are constructed to transmit the fourth torque T43 between the first member 264 and the second member 266.

在扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266彼此可滑動地接觸以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在施加於第一構件264的第三輸入扭矩T31等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266相對於彼此而可移動。在施加於第一構件264的第三輸入扭矩T31等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264相對於第二構件266而可移動。在第三輸入扭矩T31低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266彼此可一起移動。In a state where the torque is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are slidably in contact with each other to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 264 and the second member 266. In a state where the third input torque T31 applied to the first member 264 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are movable relative to each other. In a state where the third input torque T31 applied to the first member 264 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 264 is movable relative to the second member 266. In a state where the third input torque T31 is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are movable together with each other.

在施加於扭矩限制器260的第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266相對於彼此而可移動。在施加於第二構件266的第四輸入扭矩T41等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第二構件266相對於第一構件264而可移動。在第四輸入扭矩T41低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266彼此可一起移動。In a state where the fourth input torque T41 applied to the torque limiter 260 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are movable relative to each other. In a state where the fourth input torque T41 applied to the second member 266 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the second member 266 is movable relative to the first member 264. In a state where the fourth input torque T41 is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are movable together with each other.

齒輪G29固定於第一構件264以從傳輸結構62傳輸扭矩給第一構件264。於本具體態樣,齒輪G29與第一構件264一體設為一件式單元性構件。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,齒輪G29可以是與第一構件264分開的構件。Gear G29 is fixed to the first member 264 to transmit torque from the transmission structure 62 to the first member 264. In this embodiment, the gear G29 and the first member 264 are integrally formed as a one-piece unitary member. However, if necessary and/or desired, the gear G29 can be a member separated from the first member 264.

在輸入至輸出構件256的外部扭矩ET低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第二構件266建構成在由輸出構件256往電動馬達54所界定的第二負載方向LD2傳輸第三扭矩T42給第一構件264。在外部扭矩ET等於或大於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第二構件266建構成在第二負載方向LD2傳輸第四扭矩T43給第一構件264。When the external torque ET input to the output member 256 is lower than the external torque threshold, the second member 266 is configured to transmit the third torque T42 to the first member 264 in the second load direction LD2 defined by the output member 256 toward the electric motor 54. When the external torque ET is equal to or greater than the external torque threshold, the second member 266 is configured to transmit the fourth torque T43 to the first member 264 in the second load direction LD2.

在輸入至輸出構件256的外部扭矩ET低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264可滑動地接觸第二構件266以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在外部扭矩ET等於或高於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264可滑動地接觸第二構件266以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第四扭矩T43。When the external torque ET input to the output member 256 is lower than the external torque threshold, the first member 264 may slidably contact the second member 266 to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 264 and the second member 266. When the external torque ET is equal to or higher than the external torque threshold, the first member 264 may slidably contact the second member 266 to transmit the fourth torque T43 between the first member 264 and the second member 266.

扭矩限制器260具有限制器旋轉軸線A26。第一構件264繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26相對於外殼238而可旋轉(譬如見圖28)。第二構件266繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26相對於外殼238而可旋轉(譬如見圖28)。在施加於扭矩限制器260的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26相對於彼此而可旋轉。在施加於扭矩限制器260的扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,第一構件264和第二構件266繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26而彼此可一起旋轉。The torque limiter 260 has a limiter rotation axis A26. The first member 264 is rotatable relative to the housing 238 around the limiter rotation axis A26 (see, for example, FIG. 28). The second member 266 is rotatable relative to the housing 238 around the limiter rotation axis A26 (see, for example, FIG. 28). In a state where the torque applied to the torque limiter 260 is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are rotatable relative to each other around the limiter rotation axis A26. In a state where the torque applied to the torque limiter 260 is lower than the torque threshold, the first member 264 and the second member 266 are rotatable together with each other around the limiter rotation axis A26.

於本具體態樣,限制器旋轉軸線A26與輸出旋轉軸線A25和第三樞轉軸線A23重合。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,限制器旋轉軸線A26可以偏移於輸出旋轉軸線A25和第三樞轉軸線A23中的至少一者。In this embodiment, the limiter rotation axis A26 coincides with the output rotation axis A25 and the third pivot axis A23. However, if necessary and/or desired, the limiter rotation axis A26 can be offset from at least one of the output rotation axis A25 and the third pivot axis A23.

如圖32所見,扭矩限制器260包括導引構件276。導引構件276耦合於輸出構件256以沿著限制器旋轉軸線A26來導引第二構件266。導引構件276耦合於輸出構件256以繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26而連同輸出構件256來旋轉。導引構件276是由輸出構件256可移動地支撐。As shown in FIG32, the torque limiter 260 includes a guide member 276. The guide member 276 is coupled to the output member 256 to guide the second member 266 along the limiter rotation axis A26. The guide member 276 is coupled to the output member 256 to rotate around the limiter rotation axis A26 together with the output member 256. The guide member 276 is movably supported by the output member 256.

輸出構件256包括栓槽部分256D。導引構件276包括栓槽孔276A。輸出構件256的栓槽部分256D嚙合於導引構件276的栓槽孔276A。栓槽部分256D以例如壓配和黏著劑的固定結構而固定於栓槽孔276A。因此,導引構件276經由栓槽部分267D和栓槽孔276A而固定於輸出構件256。導引構件276以例如壓配和黏著劑的固定結構而固定於輸出構件256。導引構件276耦合於輸出構件256以繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26而連同輸出構件256來旋轉。The output member 256 includes a bolt slot portion 256D. The guide member 276 includes a bolt slot hole 276A. The bolt slot portion 256D of the output member 256 is engaged with the bolt slot hole 276A of the guide member 276. The bolt slot portion 256D is fixed to the bolt slot hole 276A with a fixing structure such as press fitting and adhesive. Therefore, the guide member 276 is fixed to the output member 256 via the bolt slot portion 267D and the bolt slot hole 276A. The guide member 276 is fixed to the output member 256 with a fixing structure such as press fitting and adhesive. The guide member 276 is coupled to the output member 256 to rotate together with the output member 256 around the limiter rotation axis A26.

導引構件276包括導引基座276B和至少一第一導引部分276G。導引基座276B包括栓槽孔276A。導引基座276B呈環形。於本具體態樣,導引構件276包括至少二第一導引部分276G。第一導引部分276G沿著限制器旋轉軸線A26而從導引基座276B延伸。至少二第一導引部分276G繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26而彼此圓周地隔開。The guide member 276 includes a guide base 276B and at least one first guide portion 276G. The guide base 276B includes a bolt slot 276A. The guide base 276B is annular. In this embodiment, the guide member 276 includes at least two first guide portions 276G. The first guide portion 276G extends from the guide base 276B along the limiter rotation axis A26. The at least two first guide portions 276G are circumferentially spaced from each other around the limiter rotation axis A26.

第二構件266包括基座部分266A和第二導引部分266G。基座部分266A呈環形。於本具體態樣,第二構件266包括至少二第二導引部分266G。第二導引部分266G沿著限制器旋轉軸線A26而從基座部分266A延伸。至少二第二導引部分266G繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26而彼此圓周地隔開。The second component 266 includes a base portion 266A and a second guide portion 266G. The base portion 266A is annular. In this embodiment, the second component 266 includes at least two second guide portions 266G. The second guide portion 266G extends from the base portion 266A along the limiter rotation axis A26. The at least two second guide portions 266G are circumferentially spaced from each other around the limiter rotation axis A26.

於本具體態樣,第一導引部分276G的總數為三。第二導引部分266G的總數為三。然而,第一導引部分276G的總數不限於三。第二導引部分266G的總數不限於三。In this embodiment, the total number of the first guide portions 276G is three. The total number of the second guide portions 266G is three. However, the total number of the first guide portions 276G is not limited to three. The total number of the second guide portions 266G is not limited to three.

如圖33所見,至少二第二導引部分266G接合於至少二第一導引部分276G。第二導引部分266G圓周地設在至少二第一導引部分276G的相鄰二導引部分之間。第一導引部分276G圓周地設在至少二第二導引部分266G的相鄰二導引部分之間。因此,第二構件266沿著限制器旋轉軸線A26相對於輸出構件256和導引構件276而可移動,但不相對於輸出構件256而旋轉。As shown in FIG. 33 , at least two second guide portions 266G are joined to at least two first guide portions 276G. The second guide portion 266G is circumferentially disposed between two adjacent guide portions of the at least two first guide portions 276G. The first guide portion 276G is circumferentially disposed between two adjacent guide portions of the at least two second guide portions 266G. Therefore, the second member 266 is movable relative to the output member 256 and the guide member 276 along the limiter rotation axis A26, but does not rotate relative to the output member 256.

扭矩限制器260包括偏壓構件78。偏壓構件78建構成偏壓第一構件264和第二構件266中的至少一者以維持第一構件264和第二構件266之間的接觸狀態。偏壓構件78建構成偏壓第一構件264和第二構件266中的至少一者以維持第一構件264和第二構件266之間可滑動的接觸狀態。偏壓構件78設在第二構件266和導引構件276之間。偏壓構件78設在基座部分266A和導引基座276B之間。第一導引部分276G和第二導引部分266G設於偏壓構件78中。The torque limiter 260 includes a biasing member 78. The biasing member 78 is configured to bias at least one of the first member 264 and the second member 266 to maintain a contact state between the first member 264 and the second member 266. The biasing member 78 is configured to bias at least one of the first member 264 and the second member 266 to maintain a slidable contact state between the first member 264 and the second member 266. The biasing member 78 is disposed between the second member 266 and the guide member 276. The biasing member 78 is disposed between the base portion 266A and the guide base 276B. The first guide portion 276G and the second guide portion 266G are disposed in the biasing member 78.

於本具體態樣,偏壓構件78包括線圈波形彈簧。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以包括其他構件,例如碟形彈簧、線圈彈簧、彈性構件(譬如橡膠),以取代或附加於線圈波形彈簧。於圖31到33,偏壓構件78是以簡化方式來顯示。In this embodiment, the biasing member 78 includes a coil wave spring. However, if necessary and/or desired, the biasing member 78 may include other members, such as a disc spring, a coil spring, a resilient member (such as rubber), to replace or add to the coil wave spring. In Figures 31 to 33, the biasing member 78 is shown in a simplified manner.

如圖32所見,馬達單元232包括調整構件279、第一中間構件281、第二中間構件283。調整構件279可旋轉地耦合於輸出構件256。調整構件279耦合於輸出構件256以改變調整構件279和第二構件266之間的距離,以回應於調整構件279繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26而相對於輸出構件256的旋轉。調整構件279包括螺紋孔279A。輸出構件256包括外部螺紋部分256E。外部螺紋部分256E螺旋接合於螺紋孔279A。外部螺紋部分256E和螺紋孔279A建構成將調整構件279的旋轉轉換成調整構件279沿著限制器旋轉軸線A26的軸向移動。偏壓構件78設在調整構件279和第二構件266之間。因此,調整構件279建構成改變從偏壓構件78施加於第二構件266的偏壓力。As shown in FIG32, the motor unit 232 includes an adjustment member 279, a first intermediate member 281, and a second intermediate member 283. The adjustment member 279 is rotatably coupled to the output member 256. The adjustment member 279 is coupled to the output member 256 to change the distance between the adjustment member 279 and the second member 266 in response to the rotation of the adjustment member 279 relative to the output member 256 about the limiter rotation axis A26. The adjustment member 279 includes a threaded hole 279A. The output member 256 includes an external threaded portion 256E. The external threaded portion 256E is threadedly engaged with the threaded hole 279A. The external threaded portion 256E and the threaded hole 279A are configured to convert the rotation of the adjustment member 279 into the axial movement of the adjustment member 279 along the limiter rotation axis A26. The biasing member 78 is provided between the adjustment member 279 and the second member 266. Therefore, the adjustment member 279 is configured to change the biasing force applied from the biasing member 78 to the second member 266.

第一中間構件281設在調整構件279和偏壓構件78之間。第一中間構件281沿著限制器旋轉軸線A26而可移動地耦合於輸出構件256。第一中間構件281接觸調整構件279以施加旋轉阻力給調整構件279。調整構件279包括第一摩擦部分279B。第一中間構件281包括第二摩擦部分281B。第二摩擦部分281B可滑動地接觸第一摩擦部分279B。第一摩擦部分279B呈環形。第二摩擦部分281B呈環形。舉例而言,第一摩擦部分279B包括至少二凹陷。第二摩擦部分281B包括至少二凸出。第一摩擦部分279B的至少二凹陷和第二摩擦部分281B的至少二凸出建構成在調整構件279和第一中間構件281之間產生旋轉阻力,並且建構成使調整構件279相對於第一中間構件281而定位於至少二旋轉位置中的一者。The first intermediate member 281 is disposed between the adjustment member 279 and the biasing member 78. The first intermediate member 281 is movably coupled to the output member 256 along the limiter rotation axis A26. The first intermediate member 281 contacts the adjustment member 279 to apply rotation resistance to the adjustment member 279. The adjustment member 279 includes a first friction portion 279B. The first intermediate member 281 includes a second friction portion 281B. The second friction portion 281B slidably contacts the first friction portion 279B. The first friction portion 279B is annular. The second friction portion 281B is annular. For example, the first friction portion 279B includes at least two recesses. The second friction portion 281B includes at least two protrusions. The at least two recesses of the first friction portion 279B and the at least two protrusions of the second friction portion 281B are configured to generate rotational resistance between the adjustment member 279 and the first intermediate member 281 and to position the adjustment member 279 at one of at least two rotational positions relative to the first intermediate member 281 .

第一中間構件281包括至少二限制部分281C。至少二限制部分281C從第二摩擦部分281B延伸朝向導引構件276。導引基座276B包括至少二限制凹陷276C。限制部分281C設於限制凹陷276C中以限制第一中間構件281勿繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26而相對於導引構件276來旋轉,同時允許第一中間構件281沿著限制器旋轉軸線A26而相對於導引構件276來移動。The first intermediate member 281 includes at least two limiting portions 281C. The at least two limiting portions 281C extend from the second friction portion 281B toward the guide member 276. The guide base 276B includes at least two limiting recesses 276C. The limiting portions 281C are disposed in the limiting recesses 276C to limit the first intermediate member 281 from rotating relative to the guide member 276 around the limiter rotation axis A26, while allowing the first intermediate member 281 to move relative to the guide member 276 along the limiter rotation axis A26.

第二中間構件283呈環形。第二中間構件283設在偏壓構件78和第二構件266之間。The second intermediate member 283 is annular and is disposed between the biasing member 78 and the second member 266.

如圖33所見,第二中間構件283設在偏壓構件78和第二導引部分266G之間。第二中間構件283接觸第二導引部分266G。偏壓構件78的偏壓力經由第二中間構件283而施加於第二構件266。As shown in FIG33 , the second intermediate member 283 is disposed between the biasing member 78 and the second guide portion 266G. The second intermediate member 283 contacts the second guide portion 266G. The biasing force of the biasing member 78 is applied to the second member 266 via the second intermediate member 283.

如圖34所見,在第二中間構件283接觸第二構件266之第二導引部分266G的狀態下,第二中間構件283與導引構件276的第一導引部分276G隔開。因此,偏壓構件78的偏壓力經由第二中間構件283而施加於第二構件266但不施加於導引構件276。34, in a state where the second intermediate member 283 contacts the second guide portion 266G of the second member 266, the second intermediate member 283 is spaced apart from the first guide portion 276G of the guide member 276. Therefore, the biasing force of the biasing member 78 is applied to the second member 266 via the second intermediate member 283 but not to the guide member 276.

如圖35所見,偏壓構件78建構成偏壓第二構件266朝向第一構件264以維持第一構件264和第二構件266之間的接觸狀態。偏壓構件78建構成偏壓第二構件266朝向第一構件264以維持第一構件264和第二構件266之間可滑動的接觸狀態。35, the biasing member 78 is configured to bias the second member 266 toward the first member 264 to maintain the contact state between the first member 264 and the second member 266. The biasing member 78 is configured to bias the second member 266 toward the first member 264 to maintain the slidable contact state between the first member 264 and the second member 266.

然而,若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以建構成偏壓第一構件264朝向第二構件266以維持第一構件264和第二構件266之間的接觸狀態。若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以建構成偏壓第一構件264和第二構件266朝向彼此以維持第一構件264和第二構件266之間的接觸狀態。若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以建構成偏壓第一構件264朝向第二構件266以維持第一構件264和第二構件266之間可滑動的接觸狀態。若需要及/或想要的話,偏壓構件78可以建構成偏壓第一構件264和第二構件266朝向彼此以維持第一構件264和第二構件266之間可滑動的接觸狀態。However, if needed and/or desired, the biasing member 78 can be configured to bias the first member 264 toward the second member 266 to maintain contact between the first member 264 and the second member 266. If needed and/or desired, the biasing member 78 can be configured to bias the first member 264 and the second member 266 toward each other to maintain contact between the first member 264 and the second member 266. If needed and/or desired, the biasing member 78 can be configured to bias the first member 264 toward the second member 266 to maintain slidable contact between the first member 264 and the second member 266. If needed and/or desired, the biasing member 78 can be configured to bias the first member 264 and the second member 266 toward each other to maintain a slidable contact state between the first member 264 and the second member 266.

如圖36和37所見,第一構件264和第二構件266中的一者包括凹陷。第一構件264和第二構件266中的另一者包括凸出部分。於本具體態樣,第一構件264包括凹陷264R。第二構件266包括凹陷266R。第二構件266的基座部分266A包括凹陷266R。第一構件264包括凸出部分264P。第二構件66包括凸出部分266P。第二構件266的基座部分266A包括凸出部分266P。As seen in FIGS. 36 and 37 , one of the first member 264 and the second member 266 includes a recess. The other of the first member 264 and the second member 266 includes a protrusion. In this embodiment, the first member 264 includes a recess 264R. The second member 266 includes a recess 266R. The base portion 266A of the second member 266 includes the recess 266R. The first member 264 includes a protrusion 264P. The second member 266 includes a protrusion 266P. The base portion 266A of the second member 266 includes a protrusion 266P.

更特定而言,第一構件264包括至少二凹陷264R。第二構件266包括至少二凹陷266R。第二構件266的基座部分266A包括至少二凹陷266R。第一構件264包括至少二凸出部分264P。第二構件66包括至少二凸出部分266P。第二構件266的基座部分266A包括至少二凸出部分266P。凹陷264R設在至少二凸出部分264P的相鄰二凸出部分之間。凹陷266R設在至少二凸出部分266P的相鄰二凸出部分之間。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,第一構件264和第二構件266中的僅一者可以包括凹陷。若需要及/或想要的話,第一構件264和第二構件266中的僅另一者可以包括凸出部分。More specifically, the first member 264 includes at least two recesses 264R. The second member 266 includes at least two recesses 266R. The base portion 266A of the second member 266 includes at least two recesses 266R. The first member 264 includes at least two protrusions 264P. The second member 266 includes at least two protrusions 266P. The base portion 266A of the second member 266 includes at least two protrusions 266P. The recess 264R is disposed between two adjacent protrusions of the at least two protrusions 264P. The recess 266R is disposed between two adjacent protrusions of the at least two protrusions 266P. However, if needed and/or desired, only one of the first member 264 and the second member 266 may include a recess. If needed and/or desired, only the other of the first member 264 and the second member 266 may include a protrusion.

如圖33所見,在扭矩(譬如第四輸入扭矩T41)低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分264P建構成接合於凹陷266R中以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在扭矩(譬如第四輸入扭矩T41)等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分264P建構成從凹陷266R脫離以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第四扭矩T43。33 , when the torque (e.g., the fourth input torque T41) is lower than the torque threshold, the protrusion 264P is configured to engage in the recess 266R to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 264 and the second member 266. When the torque (e.g., the fourth input torque T41) is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the protrusion 264P is configured to disengage from the recess 266R to transmit the fourth torque T43 between the first member 264 and the second member 266.

在扭矩(譬如第四輸入扭矩T41)低於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分266P建構成接合於凹陷264R中以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在扭矩(譬如第四輸入扭矩T41)等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分266P建構成從凹陷264R脫離以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第四扭矩T43。When the torque (e.g., the fourth input torque T41) is lower than the torque threshold, the protrusion 266P is configured to engage in the recess 264R to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 264 and the second member 266. When the torque (e.g., the fourth input torque T41) is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the protrusion 266P is configured to disengage from the recess 264R to transmit the fourth torque T43 between the first member 264 and the second member 266.

如圖38所見,凸出部分264P包括第一傾斜表面264PA和第二傾斜表面264PB。第一傾斜表面264PA和第二傾斜表面264PB至少部分界定凹陷264R。第一傾斜表面264PA是非平行且非垂直於限制器旋轉軸線A26。第二傾斜表面264PB是非平行且非垂直於限制器旋轉軸線A26。As shown in FIG38, the protrusion 264P includes a first inclined surface 264PA and a second inclined surface 264PB. The first inclined surface 264PA and the second inclined surface 264PB at least partially define the recess 264R. The first inclined surface 264PA is non-parallel and non-perpendicular to the limiter rotation axis A26. The second inclined surface 264PB is non-parallel and non-perpendicular to the limiter rotation axis A26.

凸出部分266P包括第一傾斜表面266PA和第二傾斜表面266PB。第一傾斜表面266PA和第二傾斜表面266PB至少部分界定凹陷266R。第一傾斜表面266PA是非平行且非垂直於限制器旋轉軸線A26。第二傾斜表面266PB是非平行且非垂直於限制器旋轉軸線A26。The protrusion 266P includes a first inclined surface 266PA and a second inclined surface 266PB. The first inclined surface 266PA and the second inclined surface 266PB at least partially define the recess 266R. The first inclined surface 266PA is non-parallel and non-perpendicular to the limiter rotation axis A26. The second inclined surface 266PB is non-parallel and non-perpendicular to the limiter rotation axis A26.

第一傾斜表面264PA可接觸於第一傾斜表面266PA。第二傾斜表面264PB可接觸於第二傾斜表面266PB。在凸出部分264P設於凹陷266R中並且凸出部分266P設於凹陷264R中的狀態下,第一傾斜表面264PA接觸第一傾斜表面266PA。在凸出部分264P設於凹陷266R中並且凸出部分266P設於凹陷264R中的狀態下,第二傾斜表面264PB接觸第二傾斜表面266PB。The first inclined surface 264PA may contact the first inclined surface 266PA. The second inclined surface 264PB may contact the second inclined surface 266PB. In a state where the protrusion 264P is disposed in the recess 266R and the protrusion 266P is disposed in the recess 264R, the first inclined surface 264PA contacts the first inclined surface 266PA. In a state where the protrusion 264P is disposed in the recess 266R and the protrusion 266P is disposed in the recess 264R, the second inclined surface 264PB contacts the second inclined surface 266PB.

如圖38所見,第二構件266在平行於限制器旋轉軸線A26的軸向D1上相對於第一構件264而可在第一位置P11和第二位置P12之間移動。在第二構件266相對於第一構件264而在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分264P建構成接合於凹陷266R中以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。在第二構件266相對於第一構件264而在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分266P建構成接合於凹陷264R中以在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸第三扭矩T42。38, the second member 266 is movable between a first position P11 and a second position P12 relative to the first member 264 in the axial direction D1 parallel to the limiter rotation axis A26. When the second member 266 is in the first position P11 relative to the first member 264, the protrusion 264P is configured to engage in the recess 266R to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 264 and the second member 266. When the second member 266 is in the first position P11 relative to the first member 264, the protrusion 266P is configured to engage in the recess 264R to transmit the third torque T42 between the first member 264 and the second member 266.

在第二構件266是在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分264P設於凹陷266R中。在第二構件266是在第一位置P11的狀態下,凸出部分266P設於凹陷264R中。在扭矩不輸入至第一構件264和第二構件266的狀態下,第二構件266藉由偏壓構件78的偏壓力而維持在第一位置P11。When the second member 266 is in the first position P11, the protrusion 264P is disposed in the recess 266R. When the second member 266 is in the first position P11, the protrusion 266P is disposed in the recess 264R. When no torque is input to the first member 264 and the second member 266, the second member 266 is maintained in the first position P11 by the biasing force of the biasing member 78.

當扭矩輸入至第一構件264和第二構件266中的一者時,凸出部分264P之第一傾斜表面264PA和第二傾斜表面264PB中的一者將凸出部分266P導引至凸出部分264P的軸向末端,以在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下使凸出部分266P從凹陷264R脫離。也就是說,當扭矩輸入至第一構件264和第二構件266中的一者時,凸出部分264P之第一傾斜表面264PA和第二傾斜表面264PB中的一者將凸出部分266P導引至凸出部分264P的軸向端,以在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下將第二構件266從第一位置P11移動至第二位置P12而抵抗偏壓構件78的偏壓力。When torque is input to one of the first member 264 and the second member 266, one of the first inclined surface 264PA and the second inclined surface 264PB of the protrusion 264P guides the protrusion 266P to the axial end of the protrusion 264P so that the protrusion 266P is disengaged from the recess 264R when the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold. That is, when torque is input to one of the first member 264 and the second member 266, one of the first inclined surface 264PA and the second inclined surface 264PB of the protrusion 264P guides the protrusion 266P to the axial end of the protrusion 264P to move the second member 266 from the first position P11 to the second position P12 under a state where the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold and resist the biasing force of the biasing member 78.

在扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,凸出部分266P沿著凸出部分264P之第一傾斜表面264PA和第二傾斜表面264PB中的一者而從凸出部分264P的軸向端移動到凹陷266R中,而使第二構件266從第二位置P12移動至第一位置P11。在第一構件264和第二構件266中的一者接收等於或高於扭矩閾限之扭矩的同時,凸出部分266P重複地從凹陷264R脫離且接合於凹陷264R,而允許第一構件264和第二構件266繞著限制器旋轉軸線A26而相對於彼此來旋轉。In a state where the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the protrusion 266P moves from the axial end of the protrusion 264P into the recess 266R along one of the first inclined surface 264PA and the second inclined surface 264PB of the protrusion 264P, thereby moving the second member 266 from the second position P12 to the first position P11. While one of the first member 264 and the second member 266 receives a torque equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the protrusion 266P repeatedly disengages from and engages with the recess 264R, thereby allowing the first member 264 and the second member 266 to rotate relative to each other around the limiter rotation axis A26.

在凸出部分266P和凹陷264R之間重複脫離和接合的同時,第四扭矩T43是在第一構件264和第二構件266之間傳輸。第四扭矩T43取決於第一構件264和第二構件266相對於彼此而旋轉的同時由凸出部分264P、凸出部分266P、凹陷264R、凹陷266R所產生的旋轉阻力。舉例而言,第四扭矩T43實質為零。While the protrusion 266P and the recess 264R are repeatedly disengaged and engaged, the fourth torque T43 is transmitted between the first member 264 and the second member 266. The fourth torque T43 depends on the rotational resistance generated by the protrusion 264P, the protrusion 266P, the recess 264R, and the recess 266R while the first member 264 and the second member 266 rotate relative to each other. For example, the fourth torque T43 is substantially zero.

扭矩限制器260的結構不限於示範的具體態樣。扭矩限制器260可以具有其他結構,例如摩擦扭矩限制器和滾珠離合器。The structure of the torque limiter 260 is not limited to the specific embodiment shown. The torque limiter 260 may have other structures, such as a friction torque limiter and a ball clutch.

如圖28所見,扭矩限制器260整個配置在馬達單元232的外殼238內。扭矩限制器260整個配置於外殼238的內部空間238S中。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,扭矩限制器260可以部分配置在馬達單元232的外殼238內。若需要及/或想要的話,扭矩限制器260可以部分配置於外殼238的內部空間238S中。As seen in FIG28 , the torque limiter 260 is entirely disposed within the housing 238 of the motor unit 232. The torque limiter 260 is entirely disposed within the interior space 238S of the housing 238. However, if necessary and/or desired, the torque limiter 260 may be partially disposed within the housing 238 of the motor unit 232. If necessary and/or desired, the torque limiter 260 may be partially disposed within the interior space 238S of the housing 238.

傳輸結構62整個配置在馬達單元232的外殼238內。傳輸結構62整個配置於外殼238的內部空間238S中。然而,若需要及/或想要的話,傳輸結構62可以部分配置在馬達單元232的外殼238內。若需要及/或想要的話,傳輸結構62可以部分配置於外殼238的內部空間238S中。The transmission structure 62 is entirely disposed within the outer shell 238 of the motor unit 232. The transmission structure 62 is entirely disposed within the inner space 238S of the outer shell 238. However, if necessary and/or desired, the transmission structure 62 may be partially disposed within the outer shell 238 of the motor unit 232. If necessary and/or desired, the transmission structure 62 may be partially disposed within the inner space 238S of the outer shell 238.

馬達單元232的傳輸結構62相同於第一具體態樣所述之馬達單元32的傳輸結構62。因此,為了簡潔起見,在此將不詳細描述和示範。The transmission structure 62 of the motor unit 232 is the same as the transmission structure 62 of the motor unit 32 described in the first embodiment. Therefore, for the sake of brevity, it will not be described and illustrated in detail here.

如圖39所見,馬達單元232進一步包含偵測物件100。馬達單元232包含偵測器102,建構成偵測偵測物件100。偵測物件100建構成由偵測器102來偵測。偵測物件100耦合於齒輪G27和G28以繞著旋轉軸線A28而連同齒輪G27和G28來旋轉。偵測器102建構成偵測齒輪G27和G28的旋轉位置。齒輪G28嚙合於齒輪G29,齒輪G29耦合於第一構件264。因此,偵測器102建構成經由扭矩限制器260而偵測輸出構件256的旋轉位置。輸出構件256的旋轉位置對應於連桿組216的位置。因此,偵測器102建構成偵測連桿組216的位置。As seen in FIG. 39 , the motor unit 232 further includes a detection object 100. The motor unit 232 includes a detector 102 configured to detect the detection object 100. The detection object 100 is configured to be detected by the detector 102. The detection object 100 is coupled to the gears G27 and G28 to rotate along with the gears G27 and G28 around the rotation axis A28. The detector 102 is configured to detect the rotational position of the gears G27 and G28. The gear G28 is engaged with the gear G29, and the gear G29 is coupled to the first member 264. Therefore, the detector 102 is configured to detect the rotational position of the output member 256 via the torque limiter 260. The rotational position of the output member 256 corresponds to the position of the connecting rod assembly 216. Therefore, the detector 102 is configured to detect the position of the connecting rod assembly 216.

如圖31所見,偵測物件100在動力傳輸路徑TP2上相對於扭矩限制器260而設在上游側。偵測物件100在第一負載方向LD1、在動力傳輸路徑TP2上相對於扭矩限制器260而設在上游側。然而,如同第一具體態樣的馬達單元32,若需要及/或想要的話,偵測物件100可以在動力傳輸路徑TP2上相對於扭矩限制器260而設在下游側。As shown in FIG31 , the detection object 100 is disposed on the upstream side of the power transmission path TP2 relative to the torque limiter 260. The detection object 100 is disposed on the upstream side of the power transmission path TP2 relative to the torque limiter 260 in the first load direction LD1. However, like the motor unit 32 of the first embodiment, the detection object 100 may be disposed on the downstream side of the power transmission path TP2 relative to the torque limiter 260 if necessary and/or desired.

如圖40所見,馬達單元232包括電子控制器104、馬達驅動器106、通訊器108、告知裝置110、電開關SW。於馬達單元232,偵測器102的偵測結果指示第一構件264的目前位置。然而,由於偵測物件100在動力傳輸路徑TP2上相對於扭矩限制器60而設在上游側,故在第二構件266隨著第一構件264滑動之後,偵測器102的偵測結果並不指出可動構件14的目前位置。因此,可以從電子控制器104的控制省略返回控制(馬達單元232自動地將可動構件14返回至先前齒輪位置[在可動構件14被外力EF所移動之前的位置])。As shown in FIG. 40 , the motor unit 232 includes the electronic controller 104, the motor driver 106, the communicator 108, the notification device 110, and the electric switch SW. In the motor unit 232, the detection result of the detector 102 indicates the current position of the first member 264. However, since the detection object 100 is provided on the upstream side relative to the torque limiter 60 on the power transmission path TP2, the detection result of the detector 102 does not indicate the current position of the movable member 14 after the second member 266 slides along with the first member 264. Therefore, the return control (the motor unit 232 automatically returns the movable member 14 to the previous gear position [the position before the movable member 14 is moved by the external force EF]) can be omitted from the control of the electronic controller 104.

通訊器108包括有線通訊器WD。有線通訊器WD建構成經由包括電纜EC的有線通訊結構WS而與例如撥鏈器FD之另一裝置的另一有線通訊器通訊。有線通訊器WD電連接至電子控制器104。馬達單元232經由有線通訊結構WS而電連接至電力來源PS和撥鏈器FD。撥鏈器RD2和FD是由電力來源PS所供電。The communicator 108 includes a wired communicator WD. The wired communicator WD is configured to communicate with another wired communicator of another device such as a dial-up FD via a wired communication structure WS including a cable EC. The wired communicator WD is electrically connected to the electronic controller 104. The motor unit 232 is electrically connected to the power source PS and the dial-up FD via the wired communication structure WS. The dial-up FD and the power source PS are powered.

有線通訊器WD建構成使用電力線通訊(power line communication,PLC)科技而經由有線通訊結構WS以與另一裝置的另一有線通訊器通訊。更特定而言,有線通訊結構WS包括接地線和電壓線,該二線可分離地連接至通訊介面所形成的序列匯流排。於本具體態樣,有線通訊器WD建構成使用PLC科技而透過電壓線以與撥鏈器FD通訊。由於PLC科技是已知的,故為了簡潔起見,將不在此詳述。The wired communicator WD is constructed to communicate with another wired communicator of another device via a wired communication structure WS using power line communication (PLC) technology. More specifically, the wired communication structure WS includes a ground line and a voltage line, which are separably connected to a serial bus formed by a communication interface. In this embodiment, the wired communicator WD is constructed to communicate with the dial-up device FD via a voltage line using PLC technology. Since PLC technology is known, it will not be described in detail here for the sake of brevity.

若無線通訊器WC從操作裝置4無線接收控制訊號CS21,則電子控制器104建構成控制有線通訊器WD以經由有線通訊結構WS而傳輸控制訊號CS21給撥鏈器FD。若無線通訊器WC從操作裝置4無線接收控制訊號CS22,則電子控制器104建構成控制有線通訊器WD以經由有線通訊結構WS而傳輸控制訊號CS22給撥鏈器FD。 <修改例> If the wireless communicator WC wirelessly receives the control signal CS21 from the operating device 4, the electronic controller 104 is configured to control the wired communicator WD to transmit the control signal CS21 to the dialer FD via the wired communication structure WS. If the wireless communicator WC wirelessly receives the control signal CS22 from the operating device 4, the electronic controller 104 is configured to control the wired communicator WD to transmit the control signal CS22 to the dialer FD via the wired communication structure WS. <Modification Example>

於第一具體態樣及其修改例,第一具體態樣的扭矩限制器60包括第一構件64,第一構件64包括凸出部分64P和凹陷64R。第二構件66包括凸出部分66P和凹陷66R。凸出部分64P設於凹陷66R中。凸出部分66P設於凹陷64R中。然而,扭矩限制器60的結構不限於第一和第二具體態樣及其修改例所述的結構。In the first specific aspect and its modified example, the torque limiter 60 of the first specific aspect includes a first member 64, and the first member 64 includes a protrusion 64P and a recess 64R. The second member 66 includes a protrusion 66P and a recess 66R. The protrusion 64P is provided in the recess 66R. The protrusion 66P is provided in the recess 64R. However, the structure of the torque limiter 60 is not limited to the structure described in the first and second specific aspects and their modified examples.

於本案,「包含」(comprising)及其衍生詞如在此所用是意欲為開放端詞彙,指明存在了所言的特色、元件、組件、群組、整體及/或步驟,但不排除存在了其他未言的特色、元件、組件、群組、整體及/或步驟。這概念也適用於類似意義的用語,例如「具有」(have)、「包括」(include)及其衍生詞彙。In the present case, "comprising" and its derivatives as used herein are intended to be open-ended terms, indicating the presence of stated features, elements, components, groups, integers and/or steps, but not excluding the presence of other unstated features, elements, components, groups, integers and/or steps. This concept also applies to terms with similar meanings, such as "have", "include" and their derivatives.

「構件」(member)、「區段」(section)、「部」(portion)、「部分」(part)、「元件」(element)、「本體」(body)、「結構」(structure)等詞當以單數形式來用時可以具有單一部件或複數部件的雙重意義。The words “member,” “section,” “portion,” “part,” “element,” “body,” and “structure” when used in the singular can have the dual meaning of a single part or plural parts.

本案所引述之例如「第一」(first)和「第二」(second)的序數僅為識別物,而沒有任何其他意義,舉例而言無特殊次序及類似者。再者,舉例而言,「第一元件」(first element)一詞本身不暗示存在了「第二元件」(second element),並且「第二元件」一詞本身不暗示存在了「第一元件」。The ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" used in this case are merely identifiers and have no other meanings, for example, no particular order and the like. Furthermore, for example, the term "first element" itself does not imply the existence of a "second element", and the term "second element" itself does not imply the existence of a "first element".

除了彼此具有相同形狀或結構之一對元件的架構以外,如在此用的「一對」(pair of)一詞還可以涵蓋彼此具有不同形狀或結構之一對元件的架構。As used herein, the term "a pair of" may also encompass a structure in which a pair of elements have shapes or structures different from each other, in addition to a structure in which a pair of elements have the same shape or structure as each other.

「一」(a或an)、「一或更多者」(one or more)、「至少一」(at leat one)等詞在此可以互換地使用。The terms “a” or “an”, “one or more”, “at least one”, etc. may be used interchangeably herein.

如本揭示所用之「…中至少一者」(at least one of)一詞意謂所欲選擇的「一或更多個」(one or more)。舉一例來說,如本揭示所用之「…中至少一者」一詞意謂若其選擇數為二,則「僅單一選擇」(only one single choice)或「同時二選擇」(both of two choices)。舉另一例來說,如本揭示所用之「…中至少一者」一詞意謂若其選擇數等於或大於三,則「僅單一選擇」或「等於或大於二選擇的任何組合」(any combination of equal to or more than two choices)。舉例來說,「A和B中的至少一者」(at least one of A and B)一詞涵蓋:(1)僅A、(2)僅B、(3)A和B二者。「A、B、C中的至少一者」(at least one of A, B, and C)一詞涵蓋:(1)僅A、(2)僅B、(3)僅C、(4)A和B二者、(5)B和C二者、(6)A和C二者、(7)A、B、C全部。換言之,「A和B中的至少一者」一詞在本揭示中不意謂「至少一A和至少一B」(at least one of A and at least one of B)。As used in this disclosure, the phrase “at least one of” means “one or more” of the desired choices. For example, as used in this disclosure, the phrase “at least one of” means “only one single choice” or “both of two choices” if the number of choices is two. For another example, as used in this disclosure, the phrase “at least one of” means “only one single choice” or “any combination of equal to or more than two choices” if the number of choices is equal to or greater than three. For example, the phrase “at least one of A and B” covers: (1) only A, (2) only B, and (3) both A and B. The phrase “at least one of A, B, and C” covers: (1) only A, (2) only B, (3) only C, (4) both A and B, (5) both B and C, (6) both A and C, and (7) all of A, B, and C. In other words, the phrase “at least one of A and B” in the present disclosure does not mean “at least one of A and at least one of B”.

最後,如在此所用之例如「實質」(substantially)、「約」(about)、「近似」(approximately)的程度詞彙意謂被修飾之用語的合理偏移量,致使最後結果無顯著改變。本案所述之所有的數值可以解讀成包括例如「實質」、「約」、「近似」等詞。Finally, as used herein, words of degree such as "substantially", "about", and "approximately" mean a reasonable deviation of the modified term so that the final result is not significantly changed. All numerical values described in this case can be interpreted to include words such as "substantially", "about", and "approximately".

顯然而言,本發明鑒於以上教導而可能有許多的修改和變化。因而要了解在所附請求項的範圍裡,本發明可能並非如在此特定所述的來實施。Obviously, the present invention is susceptible to numerous modifications and variations in light of the above teachings. It is therefore to be understood that within the scope of the appended claims, the present invention may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described herein.

2:自行車 2A:車輛本體 2B:鞍座 2C:把手 3:操作裝置 4:操作裝置 12:基座構件 14:可動構件 16:連桿組 18:鏈條導引 20:耦合部分 22:導引板 24:導引滑輪 26:張力滑輪 28:外連桿 30:內連桿 30A:內連桿本體 30B:內連桿槓桿 30C:固定器 32:馬達單元 34:電源供應器附接結構 34A:固持空間 36:電力來源 38:外殼 38S:內部空間 40:第一基座本體 42:第二基座本體 44:固定器 46:撥鏈器固定器 50:第一外殼 52:第二外殼 54:電動馬達 54A:輸出軸桿 54B:馬達齒輪 54C:馬達外殼 56:輸出構件 56S:軸桿 60:扭矩限制器 62:傳輸結構 63:減速器 64:第一構件 64P:凸出部分 64PA:第一傾斜表面 64PB:第二傾斜表面 64R:凹陷 66:第二構件 66A:基座部分 66G:第二導引部分 66P:凸出部分 66PA:第一傾斜表面 66PB:第二傾斜表面 66R:凹陷 67:支撐軸桿 67A:栓槽部分 76:導引構件 76A:栓槽孔 76B:導引基座 76G:第一導引部分 78:偏壓構件 80:第一軸承環 80A:內周表面 80H:孔 81:第二軸承環 81A:內軸承環 81B:桿部分 81C:接觸表面 81C1:第一圓周端 81C2:第二圓周端 81D:傳輸孔 81H:支撐孔 83:外軸承環 84:第一中間元件 84A:第一可旋轉構件 84B:第二可旋轉構件 84G:中間構件組 85:偏壓元件 86:第二中間元件 88:軸桿 90:耦合構件 92:基座部分 94:中間部分 96:傳輸部分 100:偵測物件 102:偵測器 104:電子控制器 104C:電路板 104D:匯流排 104M:記憶體 104P:處理器 106:馬達驅動器 108:通訊器 110:告知裝置 212:基座構件 212A:第一支撐孔 212B:第二支撐孔 216:連桿組 228:外連桿 230:內連桿 230A:第一內連桿本體 230B:第二內連桿本體 230C:固定器 230D:第一孔 230E:第二孔 230H:定位孔 231:緩衝件 231A:緩衝件固定器 232:馬達單元 237:電連接器 238:外殼 238S:內部空間 240:第一基座本體 242:第二基座本體 250:第一外殼 252:第二外殼 253:蓋子 255:定位突起 256:輸出構件 256A:第一端 256B:第二端 256C:栓槽部分 256D:栓槽部分 256E:外部螺紋部分 257:耦合臂 257A:第一臂端 257B:第二臂端 257C:栓槽孔 257D:耦合孔 260:扭矩限制器 263:減速器 264:第一構件 264P:凸出部分 264PA:第一傾斜表面 264PB:第二傾斜表面 264R:凹陷 266:第二構件 266A:基座部分 266G:第二導引部分 266P:凸出部分 266PA:第一傾斜表面 266PB:第二傾斜表面 266R:凹陷 276:導引構件 276A:栓槽孔 276B:導引基座 276C:限制凹陷 276G:第一導引部分 279:調整構件 279A:螺紋孔 279B:第一摩擦部分 281:第一中間構件 281B:第二摩擦部分 281C:限制部分 283:第二中間構件 A1:第一樞轉軸線 A2:第二樞轉軸線 A3:第三樞轉軸線 A4:第四樞轉軸線 A5:輸出旋轉軸線 A6:限制器旋轉軸線 A7:傳輸結構旋轉軸線 A9:馬達旋轉軸線 A21:第一樞轉軸線 A22:第二樞轉軸線 A23:第三樞轉軸線 A24:第四樞轉軸線 A25:輸出旋轉軸線 A26:限制器旋轉軸線 A28:旋轉軸線 C:鏈條 CP:中央平面 CR:曲柄 CS11,CS12:控制訊號 CS21,CS22:控制訊號 D1:軸向 D21:第一圓周方向 D22:第二圓周方向 D3:圓周方向 D31:第一旋轉方向 D32:第二旋轉方向 DM1:第一直徑 DM2:第二直徑 DS1:第一徑向距離 DS2:第二徑向距離 DT:驅動系 EC:電纜 EF:外力 ERF:外部旋轉力 ET:外部扭矩 F11:第二旋轉力 F12:第二旋轉力 F21:第一旋轉力 F22:第二旋轉力 FD:自行車組件 FS:前鏈輪總成 G1~G9:齒輪 G27~G29:齒輪 LD1:第一負載方向 LD2:第二負載方向 P11:第一位置 P12:第二位置 P20:中性位置 P21:第一旋轉位置 P22:第二旋轉位置 PA:樞轉軸線 PS:電力來源 RA:旋轉軸線 RD,RD2:自行車組件 RS:後鏈輪總成 SW:電開關 T0:輸出扭矩 T1:第一扭矩 T2:第二扭矩 T11:第一輸入扭矩 T21:第二輸入扭矩 T31:第三輸入扭矩 T32:第三輸出扭矩 T33:限制輸出扭矩 T41:第四輸入扭矩 T42:第四輸出扭矩 T43:限制輸出扭矩 TP,TP2:動力傳輸路徑 WC:無線通訊器 WD:有線通訊器 WS:有線通訊結構 2: Bicycle 2A: Vehicle body 2B: Saddle 2C: Handlebar 3: Operating device 4: Operating device 12: Base member 14: Movable member 16: Linkage 18: Chain guide 20: Coupling part 22: Guide plate 24: Guide pulley 26: Tension pulley 28: Outer link 30: Inner link 30A: Inner link body 30B: Inner link lever 30C: Fixer 32: Motor unit 34: Power supply attachment structure 34A: Holding space 36: Power source 38: Outer casing 38S: Inner space 40: First base body 42: Second base body 44: Fixer 46: Sprocket fixer 50: First housing 52: Second housing 54: Electric motor 54A: Output shaft 54B: Motor gear 54C: Motor housing 56: Output member 56S: Shaft 60: Torque limiter 62: Transmission structure 63: Speed reducer 64: First member 64P: Protrusion 64PA: First inclined surface 64PB: Second inclined surface 64R: Recess 66: Second member 66A: Base portion 66G: Second guide portion 66P: Protrusion 66PA: First inclined surface 66PB: second inclined surface 66R: recess 67: support shaft 67A: bolt groove portion 76: guide member 76A: bolt groove hole 76B: guide base 76G: first guide portion 78: biasing member 80: first bearing ring 80A: inner peripheral surface 80H: hole 81: second bearing ring 81A: inner bearing ring 81B: rod portion 81C: contact surface 81C1: first circumferential end 81C2: second circumferential end 81D: transmission hole 81H: support hole 83: outer bearing ring 84: first intermediate element 84A: first rotatable member 84B: second rotatable member 84G: intermediate member assembly 85: biasing element 86: second intermediate element 88: shaft 90: coupling member 92: base portion 94: intermediate portion 96: transmission portion 100: detection object 102: detector 104: electronic controller 104C: circuit board 104D: bus bar 104M: memory 104P: processor 106: motor driver 108: communicator 110: notification device 212: base member 212A: first support hole 212B: second support hole 216: connecting rod assembly 228: external connecting rod 230: Inner connecting rod 230A: First inner connecting rod body 230B: Second inner connecting rod body 230C: Fixer 230D: First hole 230E: Second hole 230H: Positioning hole 231: Buffer 231A: Buffer holder 232: Motor unit 237: Electrical connector 238: Housing 238S: Internal space 240: First base body 242: Second base body 250: First housing 252: Second housing 253: Cover 255: Positioning protrusion 256: Output member 256A: First end 256B: Second end 256C: Bolt groove part 256D: bolt groove portion 256E: external threaded portion 257: coupling arm 257A: first arm end 257B: second arm end 257C: bolt groove hole 257D: coupling hole 260: torque limiter 263: speed reducer 264: first member 264P: protruding portion 264PA: first inclined surface 264PB: second inclined surface 264R: recess 266: second member 266A: base portion 266G: second guide portion 266P: protruding portion 266PA: first inclined surface 266PB: second inclined surface 266R: recess 276: guide member 276A: bolt groove hole 276B: guide base 276C: Restriction recess 276G: First guide portion 279: Adjustment member 279A: Threaded hole 279B: First friction portion 281: First intermediate member 281B: Second friction portion 281C: Restriction portion 283: Second intermediate member A1: First pivot axis A2: Second pivot axis A3: Third pivot axis A4: Fourth pivot axis A5: Output rotation axis A6: Limiter rotation axis A7: Transmission structure rotation axis A9: Motor rotation axis A21: First pivot axis A22: Second pivot axis A23: Third pivot axis A24: Fourth pivot axis A25: Output rotation axis A26: Limiter rotation axis A28: Rotation axis C: Chain CP: Central plane CR: Crank CS11, CS12: Control signal CS21, CS22: Control signal D1: Axial direction D21: First circumferential direction D22: Second circumferential direction D3: Circumferential direction D31: First rotation direction D32: Second rotation direction DM1: First diameter DM2: Second diameter DS1: First radial distance DS2: Second radial distance DT: Drive system EC: Cable EF: External force ERF: External rotational force ET: External torque F11: Second rotational force F12: Second rotational force F21: First rotational force F22: Second rotational force FD: Bicycle components FS: Front sprocket assembly G1~G9: Gears G27~G29: Gears LD1: First load direction LD2: Second load direction P11: First position P12: Second position P20: Neutral position P21: First rotation position P22: Second rotation position PA: Pivot axis PS: Power source RA: Rotation axis RD, RD2: Bicycle components RS: Rear sprocket assembly SW: Electric switch T0: Output torque T1: First torque T2: Second torque T11: First input torque T21: Second input torque T31: Third input torque T32: Third output torque T33: Limited output torque T41: Fourth input torque T42: Fourth output torque T43: Limited output torque TP, TP2: Power transmission path WC: Wireless communicator WD: Wired communicator WS: Wired communication structure

將輕易獲得對本發明及其達到的許多優點之更完整的體會,因為它們當連同伴隨的圖式來考慮而參考以下詳述時變得更好理解。A more complete appreciation of the present invention and the many advantages achieved thereof will be readily obtained as the same become better understood by reference to the following detailed description when considered in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.

[圖1]是依據第一具體態樣而包括撥鏈器之自行車的側視圖。FIG. 1 is a side view of a bicycle including a derailleur according to a first embodiment.

[圖2]是圖1示範的自行車之撥鏈器的側視圖。[FIG. 2] is a side view of the derailleur of the bicycle shown in FIG. 1.

[圖3]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的側視圖。[Figure 3] is a side view of the derailleur shown in Figure 2.

[圖4]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的後視圖。[Figure 4] is a rear view of the derailleur shown in Figure 2.

[圖5]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的俯視圖。[FIG. 5] is a top view of the detent shown in FIG. 2.

[圖6]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的立體分解圖。[Figure 6] is a three-dimensional exploded view of the detent shown in Figure 2.

[圖7]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的立體分解圖。[Figure 7] is a three-dimensional exploded view of the detent shown in Figure 2.

[圖8]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的馬達單元之內部結構的立體圖。[Figure 8] is a three-dimensional diagram of the internal structure of the motor unit of the detent shown in Figure 2.

[圖9]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的馬達單元之內部結構的立體圖。[Figure 9] is a three-dimensional diagram of the internal structure of the motor unit of the detent shown in Figure 2.

[圖10]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的馬達單元之內部結構的立體分解圖。FIG. 10 is a three-dimensional exploded view of the internal structure of the motor unit of the detent shown in FIG. 2 .

[圖11]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的馬達單元之扭矩限制器的立體圖。[Fig. 11] is a perspective view of the torque limiter of the motor unit of the retractor shown in Fig. 2.

[圖12]是圖8示範之馬達單元的扭矩限制器之偏壓構件的立體圖。FIG. 12 is a perspective view of the biasing member of the torque limiter of the motor unit shown in FIG. 8 .

[圖13]是圖8示範之馬達單元的扭矩限制器之第一構件和第二構件的立體分解圖。FIG. 13 is a perspective exploded view of the first component and the second component of the torque limiter of the motor unit shown in FIG. 8 .

[圖14]是圖8示範之馬達單元的扭矩限制器之第一構件和第二構件的立體分解圖。FIG. 14 is a perspective exploded view of the first component and the second component of the torque limiter of the motor unit shown in FIG. 8 .

[圖15]是圖8示範之馬達單元的扭矩限制器之第一構件和第二構件的側視圖。FIG. 15 is a side view of the first member and the second member of the torque limiter of the motor unit shown in FIG. 8 .

[圖16]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的截面圖。FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view of the detent shown in FIG. 2 .

[圖17]是圖2示範之撥鏈器的截面圖。FIG. 17 is a cross-sectional view of the retractor shown in FIG. 2 .

[圖18]是圖8示範之馬達單元的傳輸結構的截面圖(中性位置)。[Fig. 18] is a cross-sectional view (neutral position) of the transmission structure of the motor unit shown in Fig. 8.

[圖19]是圖8示範之撥鏈器的截面圖。FIG. 19 is a cross-sectional view of the retractor shown in FIG. 8 .

[圖20]是圖8示範之馬達單元的傳輸結構的截面圖(第一旋轉位置)。[Fig. 20] is a cross-sectional view of the transmission structure of the motor unit shown in Fig. 8 (first rotation position).

[圖21]是圖8示範之馬達單元的傳輸結構的截面圖(第二旋轉位置)。[Fig. 21] is a cross-sectional view of the transmission structure of the motor unit shown in Fig. 8 (second rotation position).

[圖22是圖2示範之撥鏈器的示意方塊圖解。[Figure 22 is a schematic block diagram of the detent shown in Figure 2.

[圖23]是依據第二具體態樣之撥鏈器的側視圖。FIG. 23 is a side view of the retractor according to the second embodiment.

[圖24]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的側視圖。[Figure 24] is a side view of the retractor shown in Figure 23.

[圖25]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的後視圖。FIG. 25 is a rear view of the retractor shown in FIG. 23.

[圖26]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的立體圖。[Figure 26] is a three-dimensional view of the retractor shown in Figure 23.

[圖27]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的立體分解圖。[Figure 27] is a three-dimensional exploded view of the detent shown in Figure 23.

[圖28]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的截面圖。FIG. 28 is a cross-sectional view of the retractor shown in FIG. 23.

[圖29]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的內連桿和馬達單元的立體圖。[Fig. 29] is a three-dimensional diagram of the inner connecting rod and motor unit of the pull chain illustrated in Fig. 23.

[圖30]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的內連桿和馬達單元的立體圖。[Fig. 30] is a three-dimensional diagram of the inner connecting rod and motor unit of the pull chain illustrated in Fig. 23.

[圖31]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的馬達單元之內部結構的立體圖。FIG. 31 is a three-dimensional diagram of the internal structure of the motor unit of the detent shown in FIG. 23.

[圖32]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的馬達單元之內部結構的立體分解圖。FIG. 32 is a three-dimensional exploded view of the internal structure of the motor unit of the detent shown in FIG. 23.

[圖33]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的馬達單元之扭矩限制器的立體圖。[Fig. 33] is a perspective view of the torque limiter of the motor unit of the sprocket illustrated in Fig. 23.

[圖34]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的馬達單元之扭矩限制器的截面圖。FIG. 34 is a cross-sectional view of the torque limiter of the motor unit of the retractor shown in FIG. 23 .

[圖35]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的馬達單元之扭矩限制器的截面圖。FIG. 35 is a cross-sectional view of the torque limiter of the motor unit of the sprocket illustrated in FIG. 23 .

[圖36]是圖31示範之馬達單元的扭矩限制器之第一構件和第二構件的立體分解圖。FIG. 36 is a perspective exploded view of the first component and the second component of the torque limiter of the motor unit shown in FIG. 31 .

[圖37]是圖31示範之馬達單元的扭矩限制器之第一構件和第二構件的立體分解圖。FIG. 37 is a perspective exploded view of the first component and the second component of the torque limiter of the motor unit shown in FIG. 31 .

[圖38]是圖31示範之馬達單元的扭矩限制器之第一構件和第二構件的側視圖。FIG. 38 is a side view of the first member and the second member of the torque limiter of the motor unit shown in FIG. 31 .

[圖39]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的截面圖。FIG. 39 is a cross-sectional view of the slinger shown in FIG. 23.

[圖40]是圖23示範之撥鏈器的示意方塊圖解。[Fig. 40] is a schematic block diagram of the retractor illustrated in Fig. 23.

16:連桿組 16: Connecting rod assembly

30:內連桿 30: Inner connecting rod

30A:內連桿本體 30A: Inner connecting rod body

30B:內連桿槓桿 30B: Inner link lever

32:馬達單元 32: Motor unit

54:電動馬達 54: Electric motor

54A:輸出軸桿 54A: Output shaft

54B:馬達齒輪 54B: Motor gear

54C:馬達外殼 54C: Motor housing

56:輸出構件 56: Output components

56S:軸桿 56S: Shaft

60:扭矩限制器 60: Torque limiter

62:傳輸結構 62: Transmission structure

63:減速器 63: Reducer

64:第一構件 64: First component

66:第二構件 66: Second component

76:導引構件 76:Guide component

78:偏壓構件 78: Biased component

100:偵測物件 100: Detect objects

A3:第三樞轉軸線 A3: The third pivot axis

A5:輸出旋轉軸線 A5: Output rotation axis

A6:限制器旋轉軸線 A6: Limiter rotation axis

A7:傳輸結構旋轉軸線 A7: Transmission structure rotation axis

A9:馬達旋轉軸線 A9: Motor rotation axis

D21:第一圓周方向 D21: First circumferential direction

D22:第二圓周方向 D22: Second circumferential direction

D31:第一旋轉方向 D31: First rotation direction

D32:第二旋轉方向 D32: Second rotation direction

ET:外部扭矩 ET: External torque

G1,G3,G5~G9:齒輪 G1, G3, G5~G9: Gears

LD1:第一負載方向 LD1: First load direction

LD2:第二負載方向 LD2: Second load direction

T0:輸出扭矩 T0: output torque

T1:第一扭矩 T1: First torque

T2:第二扭矩 T2: Second torque

T11:第一輸入扭矩 T11: First input torque

T21:第二輸入扭矩 T21: Second input torque

T31:第三輸入扭矩 T31: Third input torque

T32:第三輸出扭矩 T32: Third output torque

T33:限制輸出扭矩 T33: Limit output torque

T41:第四輸入扭矩 T41: Fourth input torque

T42:第四輸出扭矩 T42: Fourth output torque

T43:限制輸出扭矩 T43: Limit output torque

TP:動力傳輸路徑 TP: Power Transmission Path

Claims (25)

一種用於自行車組件的馬達單元,包含: 扭矩限制器,包括第一構件和第二構件,在施加於該扭矩限制器的扭矩等於或高於扭矩閾限的狀態下,該第一構件和該第二構件相對於彼此而可移動;在該扭矩低於該扭矩閾限的狀態下,該第一構件和該第二構件彼此可一起移動; 傳輸結構,具有傳輸結構旋轉軸線,該傳輸結構包括: 第一軸承環; 第二軸承環; 第一中間元件,至少部分設在該第一軸承環和該第二軸承環之間;以及 第二中間元件,至少部分設在該第一軸承環和該第二軸承環之間; 該第一中間元件建構成移動朝向該第一軸承環,以回應於該第一中間元件相對於該傳輸結構旋轉軸線而在第一圓周方向上被該第二軸承環推; 該第一中間元件建構成移動朝向該第一軸承環,以回應於該第一中間元件在異於該第一圓周方向的第二圓周方向上被該第二軸承環推; 該第一中間元件建構成移動離開該第一軸承環,以回應於該第一中間元件在該第一圓周方向上被該第二中間元件推;以及 該第一中間元件建構成移動離開該第一軸承環,以回應於該第一中間元件在異於該第一圓周方向的該第二圓周方向上被該第二中間元件推。 A motor unit for a bicycle assembly, comprising: a torque limiter, comprising a first member and a second member, wherein the first member and the second member are movable relative to each other when the torque applied to the torque limiter is equal to or higher than a torque threshold; and the first member and the second member are movable together with each other when the torque is lower than the torque threshold; a transmission structure, having a transmission structure rotation axis, the transmission structure comprising: a first bearing ring; a second bearing ring; a first intermediate element, at least partially disposed between the first bearing ring and the second bearing ring; and a second intermediate element, at least partially disposed between the first bearing ring and the second bearing ring; The first intermediate element is configured to move toward the first bearing ring in response to the first intermediate element being pushed by the second bearing ring in a first circumferential direction relative to the transmission structure rotation axis; The first intermediate element is configured to move toward the first bearing ring in response to the first intermediate element being pushed by the second bearing ring in a second circumferential direction different from the first circumferential direction; The first intermediate element is configured to move away from the first bearing ring in response to the first intermediate element being pushed by the second intermediate element in the first circumferential direction; and The first intermediate element is configured to move away from the first bearing ring in response to the first intermediate element being pushed by the second intermediate element in the second circumferential direction different from the first circumferential direction. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,其中: 在該第二軸承環推該第一中間元件而該第二中間元件沒推該第一中間元件的狀態下,該第一中間元件建構成與該第一軸承環一起旋轉。 A motor unit according to claim 1, wherein: In a state where the second bearing ring pushes the first intermediate element and the second intermediate element does not push the first intermediate element, the first intermediate element is constructed to rotate together with the first bearing ring. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,其中: 在該第二中間元件推該第一中間元件而該第二軸承環沒推該第一中間元件的狀態下,該第一中間元件建構成相對於該第一軸承環而旋轉。 A motor unit according to claim 1, wherein: In a state where the second intermediate element pushes the first intermediate element and the second bearing ring does not push the first intermediate element, the first intermediate element is constructed to rotate relative to the first bearing ring. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,進一步包含: 電動馬達; 輸出構件;以及 減速器,耦合該電動馬達和該輸出構件以將該電動馬達的輸出扭矩傳輸至該輸出構件。 The motor unit according to claim 1 further comprises: an electric motor; an output member; and a reducer coupling the electric motor and the output member to transmit the output torque of the electric motor to the output member. 根據請求項4的馬達單元,其中: 該減速器包括該扭矩限制器和該傳輸結構。 A motor unit according to claim 4, wherein: The speed reducer includes the torque limiter and the transmission structure. 根據請求項5的馬達單元,其中: 該傳輸結構設在由該電動馬達往該輸出構件所設的動力傳輸路徑上而在該電動馬達和該扭矩限制器之間。 A motor unit according to claim 5, wherein: The transmission structure is arranged on a power transmission path from the electric motor to the output member and between the electric motor and the torque limiter. 根據請求項4的馬達單元,其中: 該傳輸結構建構成在由該電動馬達往該輸出構件所界定的第一負載方向上傳輸第一扭矩, 該傳輸結構建構成在由該輸出構件往該電動馬達所界定的第二負載方向上傳輸第二扭矩,以及 該第一扭矩高於該第二扭矩。 A motor unit according to claim 4, wherein: the transmission structure is configured to transmit a first torque in a first load direction defined by the electric motor toward the output member, the transmission structure is configured to transmit a second torque in a second load direction defined by the output member toward the electric motor, and the first torque is higher than the second torque. 根據請求項4的馬達單元,其中: 該第二構件建構成在輸入至該輸出構件的外部扭矩低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,在由該輸出構件往該電動馬達所界定的第二負載方向上傳輸第三扭矩給該第一構件, 該第二構件建構成在該外部扭矩等於或大於該外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,在該第二負載方向上傳輸第四扭矩給該第一構件,以及 該第三扭矩高於該第四扭矩。 A motor unit according to claim 4, wherein: the second member is configured to transmit a third torque to the first member in a second load direction defined by the output member toward the electric motor when the external torque input to the output member is lower than the external torque threshold, the second member is configured to transmit a fourth torque to the first member in the second load direction when the external torque is equal to or greater than the external torque threshold, and the third torque is higher than the fourth torque. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,其中: 該扭矩限制器具有限制器旋轉軸線, 該傳輸結構具有傳輸結構旋轉軸線,以及 該限制器旋轉軸線不與該傳輸結構旋轉軸線重合。 A motor unit according to claim 1, wherein: the torque limiter has a limiter rotation axis, the transmission structure has a transmission structure rotation axis, and the limiter rotation axis does not coincide with the transmission structure rotation axis. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,其中: 該扭矩限制器具有限制器旋轉軸線,以及 該限制器旋轉軸線平行於該傳輸結構旋轉軸線。 A motor unit according to claim 1, wherein: the torque limiter has a limiter rotation axis, and the limiter rotation axis is parallel to the transmission structure rotation axis. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,其中: 該扭矩限制器具有限制器旋轉軸線,以及 該限制器旋轉軸線與該傳輸結構旋轉軸線重合。 A motor unit according to claim 1, wherein: the torque limiter has a limiter rotation axis, and the limiter rotation axis coincides with the transmission structure rotation axis. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,其中: 在輸入至該輸出構件的外部扭矩低於外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,該第一構件可滑動地接觸該第二構件以在該第一構件和該第二構件之間傳輸第三扭矩, 在該外部扭矩等於或高於該外部扭矩閾限的狀態下,該第一構件可滑動地接觸該第二構件以在該第一構件和該第二構件之間傳輸第四扭矩,以及 該第三扭矩高於該第四扭矩。 A motor unit according to claim 1, wherein: When the external torque input to the output member is lower than the external torque threshold, the first member can slidably contact the second member to transmit a third torque between the first member and the second member, When the external torque is equal to or higher than the external torque threshold, the first member can slidably contact the second member to transmit a fourth torque between the first member and the second member, and The third torque is higher than the fourth torque. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,其中: 該第一構件和該第二構件中的一者包括凹陷, 該第一構件和該第二構件中的另一者包括凸出部分, 該凸出部分建構成在該扭矩低於該扭矩閾限的狀態下接合於該凹陷中,以在該第一構件和該第二構件之間傳輸第三扭矩, 該凸出部分建構成在該扭矩等於或高於該扭矩閾限的狀態下從該凹陷脫離,以在該第一構件和該第二構件之間傳輸第四扭矩,以及 該第三扭矩高於該第四扭矩。 A motor unit according to claim 1, wherein: one of the first member and the second member includes a recess, the other of the first member and the second member includes a protrusion, the protrusion is configured to engage in the recess when the torque is lower than the torque threshold to transmit a third torque between the first member and the second member, the protrusion is configured to disengage from the recess when the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold to transmit a fourth torque between the first member and the second member, and the third torque is higher than the fourth torque. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,進一步包含: 齒輪,固定於該第一構件以從該傳輸結構傳輸該扭矩給該第一構件。 The motor unit according to claim 1 further comprises: A gear fixed to the first component to transmit the torque from the transmission structure to the first component. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,其中: 該扭矩限制器包括偏壓構件,建構成偏壓該第一構件和該第二構件中的至少一者以維持該第一構件和該第二構件之間的接觸狀態。 A motor unit according to claim 1, wherein: The torque limiter includes a biasing member configured to bias at least one of the first member and the second member to maintain a contact state between the first member and the second member. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,進一步包含: 偵測物件,建構成由偵測器所偵測,其中: 該偵測物件相對於動力傳輸路徑上的該傳輸結構而設在下游側。 The motor unit according to claim 1 further comprises: A detection object, configured to be detected by a detector, wherein: The detection object is located on the downstream side relative to the transmission structure on the power transmission path. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,進一步包含: 偵測物件,建構成由偵測器所偵測,其中: 該偵測物件相對於動力傳輸路徑上的該扭矩限制器而設在下游側。 The motor unit according to claim 1 further comprises: A detection object, configured to be detected by a detector, wherein: The detection object is located on the downstream side relative to the torque limiter on the power transmission path. 根據請求項1的馬達單元,其中: 該傳輸結構耦合於該扭矩限制器, 該傳輸結構建構成在第一輸入扭矩由非該扭矩限制器的裝置施加於該傳輸結構的狀態下傳輸第一扭矩給該扭矩限制器, 該傳輸結構建構成在第二輸入扭矩由該扭矩限制器施加於該傳輸結構的狀態下傳輸第二扭矩,以及 該第一扭矩高於該第二扭矩。 A motor unit according to claim 1, wherein: the transmission structure is coupled to the torque limiter, the transmission structure is configured to transmit a first torque to the torque limiter when a first input torque is applied to the transmission structure by a device other than the torque limiter, the transmission structure is configured to transmit a second torque when a second input torque is applied to the transmission structure by the torque limiter, and the first torque is higher than the second torque. 一種撥鏈器,包含: 基座構件; 可動構件; 連桿組,可移動地耦合該基座構件和該可動構件;以及 根據請求項1的馬達單元,該馬達單元設在該基座構件、該可動構件、該連桿組中的一者。 A retractor comprises: a base member; a movable member; a connecting rod assembly that movably couples the base member and the movable member; and a motor unit according to claim 1, the motor unit being disposed in one of the base member, the movable member, and the connecting rod assembly. 根據請求項19的撥鏈器,進一步包含: 電源供應器附接結構,待對此附接電力來源,該電源供應器附接結構設在該基座構件、該可動構件、該連桿組中的一者。 The retractor according to claim 19 further comprises: A power supply attachment structure to which a power source is attached, the power supply attachment structure being disposed on one of the base member, the movable member, and the connecting rod assembly. 根據請求項20的撥鏈器,其中: 該馬達單元設在該基座構件、該可動構件、該連桿組中的一者,以及 該電源供應器附接結構設在該基座構件、該可動構件、該連桿組中的另一者。 A retractor according to claim 20, wherein: the motor unit is disposed in one of the base member, the movable member, and the connecting rod assembly, and the power supply attachment structure is disposed in the other of the base member, the movable member, and the connecting rod assembly. 根據請求項20的撥鏈器,其中: 該馬達單元設在該基座構件和該連桿組中的一者,以及 該電源供應器附接結構設在該基座構件和該連桿組中的另一者。 A retractor according to claim 20, wherein: the motor unit is disposed on one of the base member and the connecting rod assembly, and the power supply attachment structure is disposed on the other of the base member and the connecting rod assembly. 一種用於自行車組件的馬達單元,包含: 輸出構件; 電動馬達,包括輸出軸桿; 扭矩限制器,整個配置在該馬達單元的外殼內; 傳輸結構,建構成在由該輸出軸桿往該輸出構件所界定的第一負載方向上傳輸第一扭矩,並且建構成在由該輸出構件往該輸出軸桿所界定的第二負載方向上傳輸第二扭矩;該傳輸結構建構成在該傳輸結構在該第一負載方向上傳輸扭矩的狀態下,基於該輸出軸桿的旋轉方向而在多個旋轉方向上傳輸該扭矩;以及 該第一扭矩高於該第二扭矩。 A motor unit for a bicycle assembly, comprising: an output member; an electric motor including an output shaft; a torque limiter, which is entirely disposed within the housing of the motor unit; a transmission structure, which is configured to transmit a first torque in a first load direction defined by the output shaft to the output member, and is configured to transmit a second torque in a second load direction defined by the output member to the output shaft; the transmission structure is configured to transmit the torque in a plurality of rotational directions based on the rotational direction of the output shaft when the transmission structure transmits the torque in the first load direction; and the first torque is higher than the second torque. 根據請求項23的馬達單元,其中: 該扭矩限制器建構成在輸入至該扭矩限制器的該扭矩低於扭矩閾限的狀態下傳輸第三扭矩, 該扭矩限制器建構成在輸入至該扭矩限制器的該扭矩等於或高於該扭矩閾限的狀態下傳輸第四扭矩,以及 該第三扭矩高於該第四扭矩。 A motor unit according to claim 23, wherein: the torque limiter is configured to transmit a third torque when the torque input to the torque limiter is lower than a torque threshold, the torque limiter is configured to transmit a fourth torque when the torque input to the torque limiter is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, and the third torque is higher than the fourth torque. 根據請求項24的馬達單元,其中: 該扭矩限制器包括第一構件和第二構件, 在該扭矩低於該扭矩閾限的狀態下,該第一構件和該第二構件彼此接觸以在該第一構件和該第二構件之間傳輸該第三扭矩,以及 在該扭矩等於或高於該扭矩閾限的狀態下,該第一構件和該第二構件建構成在該第一構件和該第二構件之間傳輸該第四扭矩。 A motor unit according to claim 24, wherein: the torque limiter includes a first member and a second member, when the torque is lower than the torque threshold, the first member and the second member contact each other to transmit the third torque between the first member and the second member, and when the torque is equal to or higher than the torque threshold, the first member and the second member are constructed to transmit the fourth torque between the first member and the second member.
TW112130788A 2022-09-16 2023-08-16 Motor unit and derailleur TW202413199A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE102022209746.7 2022-09-16
US18/171,641 2023-02-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202413199A true TW202413199A (en) 2024-04-01

Family

ID=

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6370736B2 (en) Bicycle drive unit and bicycle equipped with this drive unit
US10960955B2 (en) Bicycle electrical control device and system
US8353111B2 (en) Handle control provided with an angular position sensor
US11407475B2 (en) Bicycle derailleur
EP1923683A1 (en) Rotation detector and torque sensor
TWI714102B (en) Bicycle operating device
CN101746464B (en) Accelerator controller combined with angle position sensor
US20170274963A1 (en) Drive unit for bicycle
KR20160074765A (en) Hub motor structure
US9482295B2 (en) Gear-shifting device for means of transport
TW201738130A (en) Bicycle operating device
US10589818B2 (en) Bicycle operating device
US11827306B2 (en) Operating system and electrical switch device for human-powered vehicle
TW202413199A (en) Motor unit and derailleur
CN108216484B (en) Bicycle hub transmission with a shift lever
US10562585B2 (en) Bicycle operating device
TWI712538B (en) Bicycle operating device
US20230002006A1 (en) Derailleur for human-powered vehicle
EP1452434A2 (en) Throttle position detecting apparatus
US10822052B2 (en) Bicycle shifting device and bicycle internal transmission hub
TW202237460A (en) Operating device for human-powered vehicle
US11958568B2 (en) Motor unit and derailleur
CN117719623A (en) Motor unit and derailleur for bicycle component
JP7246202B2 (en) Power tool with vibration mechanism
CN211918914U (en) Rotating handle mechanism and electric vehicle